| 1 | /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 |
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 10 | any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to |
| 19 | the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
| 20 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | #include <config.h> |
| 23 | #include <signal.h> |
| 24 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 25 | #include <stdlib.h> |
| 26 | #include "lisp.h" |
| 27 | #include "charset.h" |
| 28 | #include "blockinput.h" |
| 29 | |
| 30 | #include "w32heap.h" |
| 31 | #include "w32term.h" |
| 32 | #include "w32bdf.h" |
| 33 | #include <shellapi.h> |
| 34 | |
| 35 | #include "systty.h" |
| 36 | #include "systime.h" |
| 37 | #include "atimer.h" |
| 38 | |
| 39 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 40 | #include <errno.h> |
| 41 | #include <setjmp.h> |
| 42 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 43 | |
| 44 | #include "keyboard.h" |
| 45 | #include "frame.h" |
| 46 | #include "dispextern.h" |
| 47 | #include "fontset.h" |
| 48 | #include "termhooks.h" |
| 49 | #include "termopts.h" |
| 50 | #include "termchar.h" |
| 51 | #include "gnu.h" |
| 52 | #include "disptab.h" |
| 53 | #include "buffer.h" |
| 54 | #include "window.h" |
| 55 | #include "intervals.h" |
| 56 | #include "composite.h" |
| 57 | #include "coding.h" |
| 58 | |
| 59 | #ifndef min |
| 60 | #define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 61 | #endif |
| 62 | #ifndef max |
| 63 | #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 64 | #endif |
| 65 | |
| 66 | #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x)) |
| 67 | |
| 68 | #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER)) |
| 69 | |
| 70 | \f |
| 71 | /* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */ |
| 72 | |
| 73 | enum bitmap_type |
| 74 | { |
| 75 | NO_BITMAP, |
| 76 | LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP, |
| 77 | RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP, |
| 78 | OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP, |
| 79 | CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP, |
| 80 | CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP, |
| 81 | ZV_LINE_BITMAP |
| 82 | }; |
| 83 | |
| 84 | /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to |
| 85 | be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected |
| 86 | compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be |
| 87 | reflected here. */ |
| 88 | |
| 89 | /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if |
| 90 | `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */ |
| 91 | |
| 92 | #define zv_width 8 |
| 93 | #define zv_height 8 |
| 94 | static unsigned short zv_bits[] = { |
| 95 | 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00}; |
| 96 | static HBITMAP zv_bmp; |
| 97 | |
| 98 | /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */ |
| 99 | |
| 100 | #define left_width 8 |
| 101 | #define left_height 8 |
| 102 | static unsigned short left_bits[] = { |
| 103 | 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18}; |
| 104 | static HBITMAP left_bmp; |
| 105 | |
| 106 | /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */ |
| 107 | |
| 108 | #define right_width 8 |
| 109 | #define right_height 8 |
| 110 | static unsigned short right_bits[] = { |
| 111 | 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18}; |
| 112 | static HBITMAP right_bmp; |
| 113 | |
| 114 | /* Marker for continued lines. */ |
| 115 | |
| 116 | #define continued_width 8 |
| 117 | #define continued_height 8 |
| 118 | static unsigned short continued_bits[] = { |
| 119 | 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e}; |
| 120 | static HBITMAP continued_bmp; |
| 121 | |
| 122 | /* Marker for continuation lines. */ |
| 123 | |
| 124 | #define continuation_width 8 |
| 125 | #define continuation_height 8 |
| 126 | static unsigned short continuation_bits[] = { |
| 127 | 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c}; |
| 128 | static HBITMAP continuation_bmp; |
| 129 | |
| 130 | /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */ |
| 131 | |
| 132 | #if 0 |
| 133 | /* A bomb. */ |
| 134 | #define ov_width 8 |
| 135 | #define ov_height 8 |
| 136 | static unsigned short ov_bits[] = { |
| 137 | 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c}; |
| 138 | #else |
| 139 | /* A triangular arrow. */ |
| 140 | #define ov_width 8 |
| 141 | #define ov_height 8 |
| 142 | static unsigned short ov_bits[] = { |
| 143 | 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0}; |
| 144 | #endif |
| 145 | static HBITMAP ov_bmp; |
| 146 | |
| 147 | extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo; |
| 148 | |
| 149 | \f |
| 150 | /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */ |
| 151 | |
| 152 | Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars; |
| 153 | |
| 154 | /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string. |
| 155 | (The display is done in read_char.) */ |
| 156 | |
| 157 | static Lisp_Object help_echo; |
| 158 | static Lisp_Object help_echo_window; |
| 159 | static Lisp_Object help_echo_object; |
| 160 | static int help_echo_pos; |
| 161 | |
| 162 | /* Temporary variable for w32_read_socket. */ |
| 163 | |
| 164 | static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo; |
| 165 | |
| 166 | /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs |
| 167 | start. */ |
| 168 | |
| 169 | static int any_help_event_p; |
| 170 | |
| 171 | /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph |
| 172 | under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be |
| 173 | drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */ |
| 174 | |
| 175 | int x_stretch_cursor_p; |
| 176 | |
| 177 | extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel; |
| 178 | |
| 179 | extern void free_frame_menubar (); |
| 180 | |
| 181 | extern void w32_menu_display_help (HMENU menu, UINT menu_item, UINT flags); |
| 182 | |
| 183 | extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname); |
| 184 | |
| 185 | extern glyph_metric *w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont *fontp, |
| 186 | unsigned char *text, int dim); |
| 187 | extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; |
| 188 | |
| 189 | #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 190 | #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 191 | |
| 192 | \f |
| 193 | /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */ |
| 194 | struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info; |
| 195 | |
| 196 | /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE), |
| 197 | one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order. |
| 198 | NAME is the name of the frame. |
| 199 | FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ |
| 200 | Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list; |
| 201 | |
| 202 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
| 203 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the |
| 204 | w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update. |
| 205 | In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()' |
| 206 | is the frame to apply to. */ |
| 207 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
| 208 | |
| 209 | /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */ |
| 210 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; |
| 211 | |
| 212 | /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. |
| 213 | HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates. |
| 214 | X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */ |
| 215 | |
| 216 | struct cursor_pos output_cursor; |
| 217 | |
| 218 | /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs |
| 219 | like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support |
| 220 | for Far East languages. */ |
| 221 | int w32_enable_unicode_output; |
| 222 | |
| 223 | DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0; |
| 224 | HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL; |
| 225 | DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0; |
| 226 | HANDLE hMainThread = NULL; |
| 227 | |
| 228 | #ifndef SIF_ALL |
| 229 | /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */ |
| 230 | #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001 |
| 231 | #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002 |
| 232 | #define SIF_POS 0x0004 |
| 233 | #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008 |
| 234 | #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010 |
| 235 | #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS) |
| 236 | |
| 237 | typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO |
| 238 | { |
| 239 | UINT cbSize; |
| 240 | UINT fMask; |
| 241 | int nMin; |
| 242 | int nMax; |
| 243 | UINT nPage; |
| 244 | int nPos; |
| 245 | int nTrackPos; |
| 246 | } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO; |
| 247 | typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO; |
| 248 | #endif /* SIF_ALL */ |
| 249 | |
| 250 | /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */ |
| 251 | int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw); |
| 252 | BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi); |
| 253 | |
| 254 | int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle; |
| 255 | int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border; |
| 256 | int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border; |
| 257 | |
| 258 | int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos; |
| 259 | |
| 260 | /* Mouse movement. */ |
| 261 | |
| 262 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ |
| 263 | |
| 264 | FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame; |
| 265 | static RECT last_mouse_glyph; |
| 266 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame; |
| 267 | |
| 268 | Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons; |
| 269 | |
| 270 | Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons; |
| 271 | |
| 272 | /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */ |
| 273 | Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise; |
| 274 | |
| 275 | /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */ |
| 276 | Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock; |
| 277 | |
| 278 | /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */ |
| 279 | Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred. |
| 282 | |
| 283 | If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this |
| 284 | so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or |
| 285 | an ordinary motion. |
| 286 | |
| 287 | If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this |
| 288 | to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ |
| 289 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; |
| 290 | static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would |
| 293 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there |
| 294 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server |
| 295 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time |
| 296 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that |
| 297 | it's somewhat accurate. */ |
| 298 | |
| 299 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 300 | |
| 301 | /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read |
| 302 | events. */ |
| 303 | |
| 304 | #ifdef __STDC__ |
| 305 | static int volatile input_signal_count; |
| 306 | #else |
| 307 | static int input_signal_count; |
| 308 | #endif |
| 309 | |
| 310 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
| 311 | |
| 312 | extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face; |
| 313 | |
| 314 | #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
| 315 | extern int errno; |
| 316 | #endif |
| 317 | |
| 318 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
| 319 | |
| 320 | extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
| 321 | |
| 322 | /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing |
| 323 | glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */ |
| 324 | |
| 325 | enum draw_glyphs_face |
| 326 | { |
| 327 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 328 | DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO, |
| 329 | DRAW_CURSOR, |
| 330 | DRAW_MOUSE_FACE, |
| 331 | DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED, |
| 332 | DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 333 | }; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 336 | static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *)); |
| 337 | void w32_delete_display P_ ((struct w32_display_info *)); |
| 338 | static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *, |
| 339 | int *, int *)); |
| 340 | static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *)); |
| 341 | static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int, |
| 342 | int *, int *, int *)); |
| 343 | static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 344 | static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); |
| 345 | static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int)); |
| 346 | static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *, |
| 347 | struct input_event *)); |
| 348 | static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *, |
| 349 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 350 | void clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *)); |
| 351 | |
| 352 | void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 353 | void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 354 | void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int)); |
| 355 | void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 356 | void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); |
| 357 | void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 358 | void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 359 | void w32_initialize P_ ((void)); |
| 360 | static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *)); |
| 361 | int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 362 | static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *, |
| 363 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 364 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 365 | static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 366 | static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 367 | static void w32_reassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int)); |
| 368 | static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int)); |
| 369 | static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 370 | static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 371 | static void w32_cursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int)); |
| 372 | static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
| 373 | static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int)); |
| 374 | static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void)); |
| 375 | static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 376 | static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 377 | static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 378 | static void w32_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *, |
| 379 | struct frame *)); |
| 380 | static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 381 | static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *)); |
| 382 | static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 383 | static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int)); |
| 384 | static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int)); |
| 385 | static void expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, RECT *)); |
| 386 | static void expose_window P_ ((struct window *, RECT *)); |
| 387 | static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 388 | RECT *, enum glyph_row_area)); |
| 389 | static void expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 390 | RECT *)); |
| 391 | void x_update_cursor P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 392 | static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 393 | static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 394 | static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 395 | void x_display_cursor P_ ((struct window *w, int, int, int, int, int)); |
| 396 | void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
| 397 | static void w32_draw_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, HDC hdc, struct glyph_row *, |
| 398 | enum bitmap_type)); |
| 399 | static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 400 | HDC, int)); |
| 401 | static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, RECT *)); |
| 402 | static void x_draw_row_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 403 | static void note_overwritten_text_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 404 | |
| 405 | static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; |
| 406 | |
| 407 | \f |
| 408 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 409 | Debugging |
| 410 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 411 | |
| 412 | #if 0 |
| 413 | |
| 414 | /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about |
| 415 | the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ |
| 416 | |
| 417 | struct record |
| 418 | { |
| 419 | char *locus; |
| 420 | int type; |
| 421 | }; |
| 422 | |
| 423 | struct record event_record[100]; |
| 424 | |
| 425 | int event_record_index; |
| 426 | |
| 427 | record_event (locus, type) |
| 428 | char *locus; |
| 429 | int type; |
| 430 | { |
| 431 | if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record)) |
| 432 | event_record_index = 0; |
| 433 | |
| 434 | event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus; |
| 435 | event_record[event_record_index].type = type; |
| 436 | event_record_index++; |
| 437 | } |
| 438 | |
| 439 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 440 | \f |
| 441 | |
| 442 | void XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask, |
| 443 | XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 444 | { |
| 445 | if (mask & GCForeground) |
| 446 | gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground; |
| 447 | if (mask & GCBackground) |
| 448 | gc->background = xgcv->background; |
| 449 | if (mask & GCFont) |
| 450 | gc->font = xgcv->font; |
| 451 | } |
| 452 | |
| 453 | XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask, |
| 454 | XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 455 | { |
| 456 | XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues)); |
| 457 | bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues)); |
| 458 | |
| 459 | XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv); |
| 460 | |
| 461 | return gc; |
| 462 | } |
| 463 | |
| 464 | void XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc, |
| 465 | unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 466 | { |
| 467 | XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc); |
| 468 | } |
| 469 | |
| 470 | static void |
| 471 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect) |
| 472 | { |
| 473 | if (rect) |
| 474 | { |
| 475 | HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect); |
| 476 | SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region); |
| 477 | DeleteObject (clip_region); |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | else |
| 480 | SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL); |
| 481 | } |
| 482 | |
| 483 | |
| 484 | /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */ |
| 485 | void |
| 486 | w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y, |
| 487 | int width, int height) |
| 488 | { |
| 489 | HBRUSH hb, oldhb; |
| 490 | HPEN hp, oldhp; |
| 491 | |
| 492 | hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background); |
| 493 | hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground); |
| 494 | oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb); |
| 495 | oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp); |
| 496 | |
| 497 | Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height); |
| 498 | |
| 499 | SelectObject (hdc, oldhb); |
| 500 | SelectObject (hdc, oldhp); |
| 501 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 502 | DeleteObject (hp); |
| 503 | } |
| 504 | |
| 505 | /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */ |
| 506 | void |
| 507 | w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect) |
| 508 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 509 | HDC hdc; |
| 510 | COLORREF pix; |
| 511 | RECT * lprect; |
| 512 | { |
| 513 | HBRUSH hb; |
| 514 | |
| 515 | hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix); |
| 516 | FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb); |
| 517 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 518 | } |
| 519 | |
| 520 | void |
| 521 | w32_clear_window (f) |
| 522 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 523 | { |
| 524 | RECT rect; |
| 525 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 526 | |
| 527 | /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with |
| 528 | a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC |
| 529 | of 0 indicates this. */ |
| 530 | if (hdc) |
| 531 | { |
| 532 | GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect); |
| 533 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect); |
| 534 | } |
| 535 | |
| 536 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 537 | } |
| 538 | |
| 539 | \f |
| 540 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 541 | Starting and ending an update |
| 542 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 543 | |
| 544 | /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook |
| 545 | for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called. |
| 546 | This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for |
| 547 | each window being updated. */ |
| 548 | |
| 549 | static void |
| 550 | x_update_begin (f) |
| 551 | struct frame *f; |
| 552 | { |
| 553 | struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 554 | |
| 555 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 556 | return; |
| 557 | |
| 558 | /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested |
| 559 | colors has changed. */ |
| 560 | if (display_info->regen_palette) |
| 561 | { |
| 562 | w32_regenerate_palette (f); |
| 563 | display_info->regen_palette = FALSE; |
| 564 | } |
| 565 | } |
| 566 | |
| 567 | |
| 568 | /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window |
| 569 | to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor |
| 570 | position of W. */ |
| 571 | |
| 572 | static void |
| 573 | x_update_window_begin (w) |
| 574 | struct window *w; |
| 575 | { |
| 576 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 577 | struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 578 | |
| 579 | updated_window = w; |
| 580 | set_output_cursor (&w->cursor); |
| 581 | |
| 582 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 583 | |
| 584 | if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 585 | { |
| 586 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
| 587 | display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1; |
| 588 | |
| 589 | /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse |
| 590 | highlighting. */ |
| 591 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 592 | display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 593 | |
| 594 | #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have |
| 595 | their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always |
| 596 | unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that |
| 597 | flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never |
| 598 | scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off |
| 599 | here to prevent it from being scrolled. */ |
| 600 | |
| 601 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window |
| 602 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. |
| 603 | Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; |
| 604 | in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use |
| 605 | is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ |
| 606 | if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window) |
| 607 | && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window)) |
| 608 | { |
| 609 | int i; |
| 610 | |
| 611 | for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 612 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i)) |
| 613 | break; |
| 614 | |
| 615 | if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows) |
| 616 | clear_mouse_face (display_info); |
| 617 | } |
| 618 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | |
| 621 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 622 | } |
| 623 | |
| 624 | |
| 625 | /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't |
| 626 | have vertical scroll bars. */ |
| 627 | |
| 628 | static void |
| 629 | x_draw_vertical_border (w) |
| 630 | struct window *w; |
| 631 | { |
| 632 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 633 | |
| 634 | /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't |
| 635 | do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the |
| 636 | right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its |
| 637 | neighbor will suffice as a border. */ |
| 638 | if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w) |
| 639 | && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 640 | { |
| 641 | RECT r; |
| 642 | HDC hdc; |
| 643 | |
| 644 | window_box_edges (w, -1, &r.left, &r.top, &r.right, &r.bottom); |
| 645 | r.left = r.right + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 646 | r.right = r.left + 1; |
| 647 | r.bottom -= 1; |
| 648 | |
| 649 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 650 | w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), &r); |
| 651 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 652 | } |
| 653 | } |
| 654 | |
| 655 | |
| 656 | /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). |
| 657 | |
| 658 | Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and |
| 659 | display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. |
| 660 | |
| 661 | MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing |
| 662 | glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to |
| 663 | make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn. |
| 664 | |
| 665 | W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit |
| 666 | support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it |
| 667 | here. */ |
| 668 | |
| 669 | static void |
| 670 | x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 671 | struct window *w; |
| 672 | int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 673 | { |
| 674 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 675 | { |
| 676 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo |
| 677 | = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 678 | |
| 679 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 680 | |
| 681 | /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for |
| 682 | XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */ |
| 683 | if (mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 684 | { |
| 685 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 686 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 687 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 688 | } |
| 689 | |
| 690 | if (cursor_on_p) |
| 691 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos, |
| 692 | output_cursor.vpos, |
| 693 | output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); |
| 694 | |
| 695 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 696 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 697 | } |
| 698 | |
| 699 | updated_window = NULL; |
| 700 | } |
| 701 | |
| 702 | |
| 703 | /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in |
| 704 | update_end. */ |
| 705 | |
| 706 | static void |
| 707 | x_update_end (f) |
| 708 | struct frame *f; |
| 709 | { |
| 710 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 711 | return; |
| 712 | |
| 713 | /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */ |
| 714 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 715 | } |
| 716 | |
| 717 | |
| 718 | /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a |
| 719 | complete update has been performed. The global variable |
| 720 | updated_window is not available here. */ |
| 721 | |
| 722 | static void |
| 723 | w32_frame_up_to_date (f) |
| 724 | struct frame *f; |
| 725 | { |
| 726 | if (FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 727 | { |
| 728 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 729 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc |
| 730 | || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 731 | { |
| 732 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 733 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 734 | note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame, |
| 735 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
| 736 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
| 737 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 738 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 739 | } |
| 740 | } |
| 741 | } |
| 742 | |
| 743 | |
| 744 | /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay |
| 745 | arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed |
| 746 | before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is |
| 747 | found in updated_window. This function It is called from |
| 748 | update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences |
| 749 | between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */ |
| 750 | |
| 751 | static void |
| 752 | x_after_update_window_line (desired_row) |
| 753 | struct glyph_row *desired_row; |
| 754 | { |
| 755 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 756 | |
| 757 | xassert (w); |
| 758 | |
| 759 | if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 760 | { |
| 761 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 762 | x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, desired_row); |
| 763 | |
| 764 | /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of |
| 765 | full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */ |
| 766 | if (windows_or_buffers_changed) |
| 767 | { |
| 768 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 769 | int width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 770 | int height = desired_row->visible_height; |
| 771 | int x = (window_box_right (w, -1) |
| 772 | + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)); |
| 773 | int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y)); |
| 774 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 775 | |
| 776 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x, y, width, height); |
| 777 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 778 | } |
| 779 | |
| 780 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 781 | } |
| 782 | } |
| 783 | |
| 784 | |
| 785 | /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of |
| 786 | window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it |
| 787 | determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be |
| 788 | drawn. */ |
| 789 | |
| 790 | static void |
| 791 | w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, which) |
| 792 | struct window *w; |
| 793 | HDC hdc; |
| 794 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 795 | enum bitmap_type which; |
| 796 | { |
| 797 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 798 | Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 799 | HDC compat_hdc; |
| 800 | int x, y, wd, h, dy; |
| 801 | HBITMAP pixmap; |
| 802 | HANDLE horig_obj; |
| 803 | struct face *face; |
| 804 | |
| 805 | /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */ |
| 806 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 1); |
| 807 | |
| 808 | switch (which) |
| 809 | { |
| 810 | case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP: |
| 811 | wd = left_width; |
| 812 | h = left_height; |
| 813 | pixmap = left_bmp; |
| 814 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 815 | - wd |
| 816 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 817 | break; |
| 818 | |
| 819 | case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP: |
| 820 | wd = ov_width; |
| 821 | h = ov_height; |
| 822 | pixmap = ov_bmp; |
| 823 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 824 | - wd |
| 825 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 826 | break; |
| 827 | |
| 828 | case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP: |
| 829 | wd = right_width; |
| 830 | h = right_height; |
| 831 | pixmap = right_bmp; |
| 832 | x = window_box_right (w, -1); |
| 833 | x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2; |
| 834 | break; |
| 835 | |
| 836 | case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 837 | wd = continued_width; |
| 838 | h = continued_height; |
| 839 | pixmap = continued_bmp; |
| 840 | x = window_box_right (w, -1); |
| 841 | x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2; |
| 842 | break; |
| 843 | |
| 844 | case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 845 | wd = continuation_width; |
| 846 | h = continuation_height; |
| 847 | pixmap = continuation_bmp; |
| 848 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 849 | - wd |
| 850 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 851 | break; |
| 852 | |
| 853 | case ZV_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 854 | wd = zv_width; |
| 855 | h = zv_height; |
| 856 | pixmap = zv_bmp; |
| 857 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 858 | - wd |
| 859 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 860 | break; |
| 861 | |
| 862 | default: |
| 863 | abort (); |
| 864 | } |
| 865 | |
| 866 | /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to |
| 867 | start drawing the bitmap. */ |
| 868 | y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 869 | dy = (row->height - h) / 2; |
| 870 | |
| 871 | /* Draw the bitmap. */ |
| 872 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID); |
| 873 | |
| 874 | compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc); |
| 875 | SaveDC (hdc); |
| 876 | |
| 877 | horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap); |
| 878 | SetTextColor (hdc, face->background); |
| 879 | SetBkColor (hdc, face->foreground); |
| 880 | |
| 881 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); |
| 882 | |
| 883 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj); |
| 884 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 885 | RestoreDC (hdc, -1); |
| 886 | } |
| 887 | |
| 888 | |
| 889 | /* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this |
| 890 | function with input blocked. */ |
| 891 | |
| 892 | static void |
| 893 | x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row) |
| 894 | struct window *w; |
| 895 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 896 | { |
| 897 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 898 | enum bitmap_type bitmap; |
| 899 | struct face *face; |
| 900 | int header_line_height = -1; |
| 901 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 902 | |
| 903 | xassert (interrupt_input_blocked); |
| 904 | |
| 905 | /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we |
| 906 | don't have to draw anything. */ |
| 907 | if (row->visible_height <= 0) |
| 908 | return; |
| 909 | |
| 910 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID); |
| 911 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 912 | |
| 913 | /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */ |
| 914 | if (row->overlay_arrow_p) |
| 915 | bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP; |
| 916 | else if (row->truncated_on_left_p) |
| 917 | bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP; |
| 918 | else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)) |
| 919 | bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 920 | else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
| 921 | bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 922 | else |
| 923 | bitmap = NO_BITMAP; |
| 924 | |
| 925 | /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill |
| 926 | the flags area. */ |
| 927 | if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP |
| 928 | || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 929 | || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 930 | { |
| 931 | /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */ |
| 932 | int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0 |
| 933 | && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 934 | ? 1 : 0); |
| 935 | int left = window_box_left (w, -1); |
| 936 | |
| 937 | if (header_line_height < 0) |
| 938 | header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 939 | |
| 940 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background, |
| 941 | left - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) + border, |
| 942 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 943 | row->y)), |
| 944 | FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - border, |
| 945 | row->visible_height); |
| 946 | } |
| 947 | |
| 948 | /* Draw the left bitmap. */ |
| 949 | if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP) |
| 950 | w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap); |
| 951 | |
| 952 | /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */ |
| 953 | if (row->truncated_on_right_p) |
| 954 | bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP; |
| 955 | else if (row->continued_p) |
| 956 | bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 957 | else |
| 958 | bitmap = NO_BITMAP; |
| 959 | |
| 960 | /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill |
| 961 | the flags area. */ |
| 962 | if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP |
| 963 | || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 964 | || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 965 | { |
| 966 | int right = window_box_right (w, -1); |
| 967 | |
| 968 | if (header_line_height < 0) |
| 969 | header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 970 | |
| 971 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background, |
| 972 | right, |
| 973 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 974 | row->y)), |
| 975 | FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f), |
| 976 | row->visible_height); |
| 977 | } |
| 978 | |
| 979 | /* Draw the right bitmap. */ |
| 980 | if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP) |
| 981 | w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap); |
| 982 | |
| 983 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 984 | } |
| 985 | |
| 986 | \f |
| 987 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 988 | Line Highlighting |
| 989 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 990 | |
| 991 | /* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for W32 |
| 992 | frames. Aborts when called. */ |
| 993 | |
| 994 | static void |
| 995 | w32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos) |
| 996 | int new, vpos; |
| 997 | { |
| 998 | struct frame *f; |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | if (updating_frame) |
| 1001 | f = updating_frame; |
| 1002 | else |
| 1003 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 1006 | return; |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | abort (); |
| 1009 | } |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change |
| 1013 | whether it is highlighted. Not used for W32 frames. Aborts when |
| 1014 | called. */ |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | static void |
| 1017 | x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos) |
| 1018 | int new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos; |
| 1019 | { |
| 1020 | struct frame *f; |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | if (updating_frame) |
| 1023 | f = updating_frame; |
| 1024 | else |
| 1025 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 1028 | return; |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | abort (); |
| 1031 | } |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after |
| 1035 | suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing |
| 1036 | must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that |
| 1037 | rarely happens). */ |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | static void |
| 1040 | w32_set_terminal_modes (void) |
| 1041 | { |
| 1042 | } |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make |
| 1045 | the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */ |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | static void |
| 1048 | w32_reset_terminal_modes (void) |
| 1049 | { |
| 1050 | } |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | \f |
| 1054 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1055 | Output Cursor |
| 1056 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor |
| 1059 | positions are relative to updated_window. */ |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | static void |
| 1062 | set_output_cursor (cursor) |
| 1063 | struct cursor_pos *cursor; |
| 1064 | { |
| 1065 | output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos; |
| 1066 | output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos; |
| 1067 | output_cursor.x = cursor->x; |
| 1068 | output_cursor.y = cursor->y; |
| 1069 | } |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | /* Set a nominal cursor position. |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X |
| 1075 | and Y are window text area relative pixel positions. |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the |
| 1078 | window that is being updated and the position is the future output |
| 1079 | cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use |
| 1080 | selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */ |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | static void |
| 1083 | w32_cursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x) |
| 1084 | int vpos, hpos, y, x; |
| 1085 | { |
| 1086 | struct window *w; |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */ |
| 1089 | if (updated_window) |
| 1090 | w = updated_window; |
| 1091 | else |
| 1092 | w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | /* Set the output cursor. */ |
| 1095 | output_cursor.hpos = hpos; |
| 1096 | output_cursor.vpos = vpos; |
| 1097 | output_cursor.x = x; |
| 1098 | output_cursor.y = y; |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor. |
| 1101 | This will also set the cursor position of W. */ |
| 1102 | if (updated_window == NULL) |
| 1103 | { |
| 1104 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1105 | x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y); |
| 1106 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1107 | } |
| 1108 | } |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | \f |
| 1112 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1113 | Display Iterator |
| 1114 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | /* Function prototypes of this page. */ |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, |
| 1119 | struct glyph *, |
| 1120 | wchar_t *, |
| 1121 | int *)); |
| 1122 | static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int, |
| 1123 | int, wchar_t *, int)); |
| 1124 | static XCharStruct *w32_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, |
| 1125 | wchar_t *, |
| 1126 | enum w32_char_font_type)); |
| 1127 | static enum w32_char_font_type |
| 1128 | w32_encode_char P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info *, int *)); |
| 1129 | static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1130 | static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1131 | static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object, |
| 1132 | int, int, double)); |
| 1133 | static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1134 | static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it)); |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */ |
| 1138 | #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \ |
| 1139 | ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff))) |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | #define BYTE1(ch) \ |
| 1143 | (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8) |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | #define BYTE2(ch) \ |
| 1146 | ((ch) & 0x00ff) |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null. |
| 1150 | If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character |
| 1151 | metric is returned. */ |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | static int |
| 1154 | w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, dim, pcm) |
| 1155 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1156 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 1157 | int dim; |
| 1158 | XCharStruct * pcm; |
| 1159 | { |
| 1160 | glyph_metric * bdf_metric; |
| 1161 | char buf[2]; |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | if (dim == 1) |
| 1164 | buf[0] = (char)(*char2b); |
| 1165 | else |
| 1166 | { |
| 1167 | buf[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b); |
| 1168 | buf[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b); |
| 1169 | } |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | bdf_metric = w32_BDF_TextMetric (font->bdf, buf, dim); |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | if (bdf_metric) |
| 1174 | { |
| 1175 | pcm->width = bdf_metric->dwidth; |
| 1176 | pcm->lbearing = bdf_metric->bbox; |
| 1177 | pcm->rbearing = bdf_metric->dwidth |
| 1178 | - (bdf_metric->bbox + bdf_metric->bbw); |
| 1179 | pcm->ascent = bdf_metric->bboy + bdf_metric->bbh; |
| 1180 | pcm->descent = -bdf_metric->bboy; |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | return 1; |
| 1183 | } |
| 1184 | return 0; |
| 1185 | } |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | static int |
| 1189 | w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm) |
| 1190 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1191 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 1192 | enum w32_char_font_type font_type; |
| 1193 | XCharStruct * pcm; |
| 1194 | { |
| 1195 | HDC hdc = GetDC (NULL); |
| 1196 | HFONT old_font; |
| 1197 | BOOL retval = FALSE; |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | xassert (font && char2b); |
| 1200 | xassert (font->hfont); |
| 1201 | xassert (font_type == UNICODE_FONT || font_type == ANSI_FONT); |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | old_font = SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont); |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | if ((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_TRUETYPE) != 0) |
| 1206 | { |
| 1207 | ABC char_widths; |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT) |
| 1210 | retval = GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths); |
| 1211 | else |
| 1212 | retval = GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths); |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | if (retval) |
| 1215 | { |
| 1216 | pcm->width = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB + char_widths.abcC; |
| 1217 | pcm->lbearing = char_widths.abcA; |
| 1218 | pcm->rbearing = pcm->width - char_widths.abcC; |
| 1219 | pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font); |
| 1220 | pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font); |
| 1221 | } |
| 1222 | } |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | if (!retval) |
| 1225 | { |
| 1226 | /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW |
| 1227 | failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we |
| 1228 | can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost |
| 1229 | though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and |
| 1230 | deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing |
| 1231 | is assumed to be zero. */ |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows |
| 1234 | supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width |
| 1235 | as zero. Need some way of handling them when |
| 1236 | GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */ |
| 1237 | SIZE sz; |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 | if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT) |
| 1240 | retval = GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, char2b, 1, &sz); |
| 1241 | else |
| 1242 | retval = GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc, (char*)char2b, 1, &sz); |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | if (retval) |
| 1245 | { |
| 1246 | pcm->width = sz.cx - font->tm.tmOverhang; |
| 1247 | pcm->rbearing = sz.cx; |
| 1248 | pcm->lbearing = 0; |
| 1249 | pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font); |
| 1250 | pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font); |
| 1251 | } |
| 1252 | } |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | if (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0) |
| 1256 | { |
| 1257 | retval = FALSE; |
| 1258 | } |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | SelectObject (hdc, old_font); |
| 1261 | ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc); |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | return retval; |
| 1264 | } |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | static XCharStruct * |
| 1268 | w32_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type) |
| 1269 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1270 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 1271 | enum w32_char_font_type font_type; |
| 1272 | { |
| 1273 | /* The result metric information. */ |
| 1274 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 1275 | BOOL retval; |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | xassert (font && char2b); |
| 1278 | xassert (font_type != UNKNOWN_FONT); |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | /* Handle the common cases quickly. */ |
| 1281 | if (!font->bdf && font->per_char == NULL) |
| 1282 | /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */ |
| 1283 | return &font->max_bounds; |
| 1284 | else if (!font->bdf && *char2b < 128) |
| 1285 | return &font->per_char[*char2b]; |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | pcm = &font->scratch; |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | if (font_type == BDF_1D_FONT) |
| 1290 | retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 1, pcm); |
| 1291 | else if (font_type == BDF_2D_FONT) |
| 1292 | retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 2, pcm); |
| 1293 | else |
| 1294 | retval = w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm); |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 | if (retval) |
| 1297 | return pcm; |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | return NULL; |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | void |
| 1303 | w32_cache_char_metrics (font) |
| 1304 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1305 | { |
| 1306 | wchar_t char2b = L'x'; |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */ |
| 1309 | if (font->bdf) |
| 1310 | { |
| 1311 | /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */ |
| 1312 | if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 1, &font->max_bounds)) |
| 1313 | { |
| 1314 | /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF |
| 1315 | fonts contain the letter 'x'. */ |
| 1316 | font->max_bounds.width = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font); |
| 1317 | font->max_bounds.lbearing = -font->bdf->llx; |
| 1318 | font->max_bounds.rbearing = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font) - font->bdf->urx; |
| 1319 | font->max_bounds.ascent = FONT_BASE (font); |
| 1320 | font->max_bounds.descent = FONT_DESCENT (font); |
| 1321 | } |
| 1322 | } |
| 1323 | else |
| 1324 | { |
| 1325 | if (((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH) != 0) |
| 1326 | /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even |
| 1327 | though they contain characters of different widths. */ |
| 1328 | || (font->tm.tmMaxCharWidth != font->tm.tmAveCharWidth)) |
| 1329 | { |
| 1330 | /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the |
| 1331 | ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably |
| 1332 | not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change |
| 1333 | between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at |
| 1334 | run-time. */ |
| 1335 | int i; |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | font->per_char = xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct)); |
| 1338 | for (i = 0; i < 128; i++) |
| 1339 | { |
| 1340 | char2b = i; |
| 1341 | w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT, |
| 1342 | &font->per_char[i]); |
| 1343 | } |
| 1344 | } |
| 1345 | else |
| 1346 | w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT, |
| 1347 | &font->max_bounds); |
| 1348 | } |
| 1349 | } |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | /* Determine if a font is double byte. */ |
| 1353 | int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct *font) |
| 1354 | { |
| 1355 | return font->double_byte_p; |
| 1356 | } |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | static BOOL |
| 1360 | w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage) |
| 1361 | int codepage; |
| 1362 | { |
| 1363 | /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */ |
| 1364 | return (w32_enable_unicode_output |
| 1365 | && codepage != CP_8BIT |
| 1366 | && (codepage == CP_UNICODE || IsValidCodePage (codepage))); |
| 1367 | } |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is |
| 1370 | the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | static INLINE enum w32_char_font_type |
| 1373 | w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p) |
| 1374 | int c; |
| 1375 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 1376 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 1377 | int * two_byte_p; |
| 1378 | { |
| 1379 | int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c); |
| 1380 | int codepage; |
| 1381 | int unicode_p = 0; |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 | XFontStruct *font = font_info->font; |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | xassert (two_byte_p); |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | *two_byte_p = w32_font_is_double_byte (font); |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2. |
| 1390 | This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a |
| 1391 | fixed encoding. */ |
| 1392 | if (font_info->font_encoder) |
| 1393 | { |
| 1394 | /* It's a program. */ |
| 1395 | struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder; |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) |
| 1398 | { |
| 1399 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 1400 | ccl->reg[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b); |
| 1401 | } |
| 1402 | else |
| 1403 | { |
| 1404 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 1405 | ccl->reg[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b); |
| 1406 | ccl->reg[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b); |
| 1407 | } |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL); |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL |
| 1412 | program. */ |
| 1413 | if (!*two_byte_p) /* 1-byte font */ |
| 1414 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl->reg[1]); |
| 1415 | else |
| 1416 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]); |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | else if (font_info->encoding[charset]) |
| 1419 | { |
| 1420 | /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the |
| 1421 | encoding numbers. */ |
| 1422 | int enc = font_info->encoding[charset]; |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) |
| 1425 | && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2) |
| 1426 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b)); |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | if (enc == 1 || enc == 3 |
| 1429 | || (enc == 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)) |
| 1430 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b) | 0x80); |
| 1431 | else if (enc == 4) |
| 1432 | { |
| 1433 | int sjis1, sjis2; |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b), |
| 1436 | sjis1, sjis2); |
| 1437 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1, sjis2); |
| 1438 | } |
| 1439 | } |
| 1440 | codepage = w32_codepage_for_font (font_info->name); |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into |
| 1443 | Unicode space. */ |
| 1444 | if ( font && !font->bdf && w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage) |
| 1445 | && charset != CHARSET_ASCII && charset != charset_latin_iso8859_1) |
| 1446 | { |
| 1447 | char temp[3]; |
| 1448 | temp[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b); |
| 1449 | temp[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b); |
| 1450 | temp[2] = '\0'; |
| 1451 | if (codepage != CP_UNICODE) |
| 1452 | { |
| 1453 | if (temp[0]) |
| 1454 | MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp, 2, char2b, 1); |
| 1455 | else |
| 1456 | MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp+1, 1, char2b, 1); |
| 1457 | } |
| 1458 | unicode_p = 1; |
| 1459 | *two_byte_p = 1; |
| 1460 | } |
| 1461 | if (!font) |
| 1462 | return UNKNOWN_FONT; |
| 1463 | else if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) |
| 1464 | return BDF_1D_FONT; |
| 1465 | else if (font->bdf) |
| 1466 | return BDF_2D_FONT; |
| 1467 | else if (unicode_p) |
| 1468 | return UNICODE_FONT; |
| 1469 | else |
| 1470 | return ANSI_FONT; |
| 1471 | } |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame |
| 1475 | F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero |
| 1476 | means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a |
| 1477 | realized face that is ready for display. */ |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | static INLINE struct face * |
| 1480 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p) |
| 1481 | struct frame *f; |
| 1482 | int c, face_id; |
| 1483 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 1484 | int multibyte_p; |
| 1485 | { |
| 1486 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | if (!multibyte_p) |
| 1489 | { |
| 1490 | /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make |
| 1491 | sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */ |
| 1492 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c); |
| 1493 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c); |
| 1494 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 1495 | } |
| 1496 | else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 1497 | { |
| 1498 | /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */ |
| 1499 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c); |
| 1500 | } |
| 1501 | else |
| 1502 | { |
| 1503 | int c1, c2, charset; |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is |
| 1506 | really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */ |
| 1507 | SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2); |
| 1508 | if (c2 > 0) |
| 1509 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2); |
| 1510 | else |
| 1511 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1); |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1514 | if (face->font != NULL) |
| 1515 | { |
| 1516 | struct font_info *font_info |
| 1517 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); |
| 1518 | if (font_info) |
| 1519 | w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, &multibyte_p); |
| 1520 | } |
| 1521 | } |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */ |
| 1524 | xassert (face != NULL); |
| 1525 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | return face; |
| 1528 | } |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F. |
| 1532 | The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is |
| 1533 | a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */ |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | static INLINE struct face * |
| 1536 | x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p) |
| 1537 | struct frame *f; |
| 1538 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1539 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 1540 | int *two_byte_p; |
| 1541 | { |
| 1542 | struct face *face; |
| 1543 | int dummy = 0; |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH); |
| 1546 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id); |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | if (two_byte_p) |
| 1549 | *two_byte_p = 0; |
| 1550 | else |
| 1551 | two_byte_p = &dummy; |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | if (!glyph->multibyte_p) |
| 1554 | { |
| 1555 | /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make |
| 1556 | sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */ |
| 1557 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch); |
| 1558 | } |
| 1559 | else if (glyph->u.ch < 128 |
| 1560 | && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 1561 | { |
| 1562 | /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */ |
| 1563 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch); |
| 1564 | } |
| 1565 | else |
| 1566 | { |
| 1567 | int c1, c2, charset; |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is |
| 1570 | really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */ |
| 1571 | SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2); |
| 1572 | if (c2 > 0) |
| 1573 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2); |
| 1574 | else |
| 1575 | *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1); |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 | /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1578 | if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII) |
| 1579 | { |
| 1580 | struct font_info *font_info |
| 1581 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); |
| 1582 | if (font_info) |
| 1583 | { |
| 1584 | glyph->w32_font_type |
| 1585 | = w32_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p); |
| 1586 | } |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | } |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */ |
| 1591 | xassert (face != NULL); |
| 1592 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 1593 | return face; |
| 1594 | } |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row. |
| 1598 | Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */ |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | static INLINE void |
| 1601 | x_append_glyph (it) |
| 1602 | struct it *it; |
| 1603 | { |
| 1604 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1605 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | xassert (it->glyph_row); |
| 1608 | xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t'); |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1611 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 1612 | { |
| 1613 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 1614 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 1615 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 1616 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 1617 | glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH; |
| 1618 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1619 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 1620 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 1621 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent |
| 1622 | || it->phys_descent > it->descent); |
| 1623 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 1624 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p; |
| 1625 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 1626 | glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display; |
| 1627 | glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT; |
| 1628 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1629 | } |
| 1630 | } |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row. |
| 1633 | Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */ |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | static INLINE void |
| 1636 | x_append_composite_glyph (it) |
| 1637 | struct it *it; |
| 1638 | { |
| 1639 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1640 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | xassert (it->glyph_row); |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1645 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 1646 | { |
| 1647 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 1648 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 1649 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 1650 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 1651 | glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH; |
| 1652 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1653 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 1654 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 1655 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent |
| 1656 | || it->phys_descent > it->descent); |
| 1657 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 1658 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 1659 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 1660 | glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id; |
| 1661 | glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT; |
| 1662 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1663 | } |
| 1664 | } |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 | /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of |
| 1668 | IT->voffset. */ |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | static INLINE void |
| 1671 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it) |
| 1672 | struct it *it; |
| 1673 | { |
| 1674 | if (it->voffset) |
| 1675 | { |
| 1676 | if (it->voffset < 0) |
| 1677 | /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher |
| 1678 | in the line. */ |
| 1679 | it->ascent += abs (it->voffset); |
| 1680 | else |
| 1681 | /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower |
| 1682 | in the line. */ |
| 1683 | it->descent += it->voffset; |
| 1684 | } |
| 1685 | } |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with. |
| 1689 | See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for |
| 1690 | an overview of struct display_iterator. */ |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | static void |
| 1693 | x_produce_image_glyph (it) |
| 1694 | struct it *it; |
| 1695 | { |
| 1696 | struct image *img; |
| 1697 | struct face *face; |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE); |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 1702 | img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id); |
| 1703 | xassert (img); |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */ |
| 1706 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face); |
| 1707 | prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img); |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face); |
| 1710 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->vmargin - it->ascent; |
| 1711 | it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->hmargin; |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 1716 | { |
| 1717 | it->ascent += face->box_line_width; |
| 1718 | it->descent += face->box_line_width; |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 1721 | it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width; |
| 1722 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 1723 | it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width; |
| 1724 | } |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 1729 | { |
| 1730 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1731 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1734 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 1735 | { |
| 1736 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 1737 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 1738 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 1739 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 1740 | glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH; |
| 1741 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1742 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 1743 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 1744 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0; |
| 1745 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 1746 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 1747 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 1748 | glyph->u.img_id = img->id; |
| 1749 | glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT; |
| 1750 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1751 | } |
| 1752 | } |
| 1753 | } |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source |
| 1757 | of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the |
| 1758 | stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the |
| 1759 | ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */ |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | static void |
| 1762 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent) |
| 1763 | struct it *it; |
| 1764 | Lisp_Object object; |
| 1765 | int width, height; |
| 1766 | double ascent; |
| 1767 | { |
| 1768 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1769 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1); |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1774 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 1775 | { |
| 1776 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 1777 | glyph->object = object; |
| 1778 | glyph->pixel_width = width; |
| 1779 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 1780 | glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH; |
| 1781 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1782 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 1783 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 1784 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0; |
| 1785 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 1786 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 1787 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 1788 | glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent; |
| 1789 | glyph->u.stretch.height = height; |
| 1790 | glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT; |
| 1791 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1792 | } |
| 1793 | } |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value |
| 1797 | of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list |
| 1798 | `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs |
| 1799 | being recognized: |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH * |
| 1802 | canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating |
| 1803 | point number. |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch |
| 1806 | should be computed from the width of the first character having the |
| 1807 | `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width. |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough |
| 1810 | to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units. |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | Exactly one of the above pairs must be present. |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced |
| 1815 | should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units. |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the |
| 1818 | stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having |
| 1819 | the glyph property. |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present. |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height |
| 1824 | of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch. |
| 1825 | ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */ |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | #define NUMVAL(X) \ |
| 1828 | ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \ |
| 1829 | ? XFLOATINT (X) \ |
| 1830 | : - 1) |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | static void |
| 1834 | x_produce_stretch_glyph (it) |
| 1835 | struct it *it; |
| 1836 | { |
| 1837 | /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */ |
| 1838 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 1839 | extern Lisp_Object Qspace; |
| 1840 | #endif |
| 1841 | extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent; |
| 1842 | extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height; |
| 1843 | extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to; |
| 1844 | Lisp_Object prop, plist; |
| 1845 | double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0; |
| 1846 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 1847 | XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face); |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | /* List should start with `space'. */ |
| 1852 | xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace)); |
| 1853 | plist = XCDR (it->object); |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | /* Compute the width of the stretch. */ |
| 1856 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth), |
| 1857 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1858 | /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */ |
| 1859 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 1860 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width), |
| 1861 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1862 | { |
| 1863 | /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid. |
| 1864 | Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph' |
| 1865 | property. */ |
| 1866 | struct it it2; |
| 1867 | unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)); |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 | it2 = *it; |
| 1870 | if (it->multibyte_p) |
| 1871 | { |
| 1872 | int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT) |
| 1873 | - IT_BYTEPOS (*it)); |
| 1874 | it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len); |
| 1875 | } |
| 1876 | else |
| 1877 | it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1; |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | it2.glyph_row = NULL; |
| 1880 | it2.what = IT_CHARACTER; |
| 1881 | x_produce_glyphs (&it2); |
| 1882 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width; |
| 1883 | } |
| 1884 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to), |
| 1885 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1886 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x; |
| 1887 | else |
| 1888 | /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */ |
| 1889 | width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | /* Compute height. */ |
| 1892 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight), |
| 1893 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1894 | height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f); |
| 1895 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height), |
| 1896 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1897 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop); |
| 1898 | else |
| 1899 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If |
| 1902 | `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise, |
| 1903 | derive the ascent from the font in use. */ |
| 1904 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent), |
| 1905 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100) |
| 1906 | ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0; |
| 1907 | else |
| 1908 | ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) / FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | if (width <= 0) |
| 1911 | width = 1; |
| 1912 | if (height <= 0) |
| 1913 | height = 1; |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 1916 | { |
| 1917 | Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string; |
| 1918 | if (!STRINGP (object)) |
| 1919 | object = it->w->buffer; |
| 1920 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent); |
| 1921 | } |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | it->pixel_width = width; |
| 1924 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent; |
| 1925 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent; |
| 1926 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 1929 | { |
| 1930 | it->ascent += face->box_line_width; |
| 1931 | it->descent += face->box_line_width; |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 1934 | it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width; |
| 1935 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 1936 | it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width; |
| 1937 | } |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has |
| 1943 | ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical |
| 1944 | center of the line of frame F. |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure; |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | -------------------------+-----------+- |
| 1949 | -+-+---------+-+ | | |
| 1950 | | | | | | | |
| 1951 | | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT |
| 1952 | | | | ASCENT | | |
| 1953 | HEIGHT | | | | | |
| 1954 | | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline |
| 1955 | | | | | BOFF | | |
| 1956 | | |---------|-+-+ | | |
| 1957 | | | | DESCENT | | |
| 1958 | -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT | |
| 1959 | -------------------------+-----------+- |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT |
| 1962 | BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT |
| 1963 | DESCENT = FONT->descent |
| 1964 | HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT) |
| 1965 | F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent |
| 1966 | - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset) |
| 1967 | F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F) |
| 1968 | */ |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \ |
| 1971 | (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \ |
| 1972 | + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \ |
| 1973 | + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \ |
| 1974 | - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F))) |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is |
| 1977 | loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in |
| 1978 | dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */ |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | static void |
| 1981 | x_produce_glyphs (it) |
| 1982 | struct it *it; |
| 1983 | { |
| 1984 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER) |
| 1987 | { |
| 1988 | wchar_t char2b; |
| 1989 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1990 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 1991 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 1992 | int font_not_found_p; |
| 1993 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 1994 | int boff; /* baseline offset */ |
| 1995 | /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte |
| 1996 | conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it |
| 1997 | later. |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in |
| 2000 | struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or |
| 2001 | not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must |
| 2002 | consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct |
| 2003 | glyph. |
| 2004 | */ |
| 2005 | int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the |
| 2008 | other way. */ |
| 2009 | it->char_to_display = it->c; |
| 2010 | if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c)) |
| 2011 | { |
| 2012 | if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment |
| 2013 | && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 2014 | && (it->c >= 0240 |
| 2015 | || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))) |
| 2016 | { |
| 2017 | it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c); |
| 2018 | it->multibyte_p = 1; |
| 2019 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 2020 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 2023 | && !it->multibyte_p) |
| 2024 | { |
| 2025 | it->char_to_display = multibyte_char_to_unibyte (it->c, Qnil); |
| 2026 | it->multibyte_p = 0; |
| 2027 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 2028 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2029 | } |
| 2030 | } |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */ |
| 2033 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display, |
| 2034 | it->face_id, &char2b, |
| 2035 | it->multibyte_p); |
| 2036 | font = face->font; |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */ |
| 2039 | font_not_found_p = font == NULL; |
| 2040 | if (font_not_found_p) |
| 2041 | { |
| 2042 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2043 | boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset; |
| 2044 | font_info = NULL; |
| 2045 | } |
| 2046 | else |
| 2047 | { |
| 2048 | font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2049 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 2050 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 2051 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 2052 | } |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | if (it->char_to_display >= ' ' |
| 2055 | && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128)) |
| 2056 | { |
| 2057 | /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */ |
| 2058 | int stretched_p; |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, |
| 2063 | font->bdf ? BDF_1D_FONT : ANSI_FONT); |
| 2064 | it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2065 | it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | if (pcm) |
| 2068 | { |
| 2069 | it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff; |
| 2070 | it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff; |
| 2071 | it->pixel_width = pcm->width; |
| 2072 | } |
| 2073 | else |
| 2074 | { |
| 2075 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 1; |
| 2076 | it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2077 | it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2078 | it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 2079 | } |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | /* If this is a space inside a region of text with |
| 2082 | `space-width' property, change its width. */ |
| 2083 | stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width); |
| 2084 | if (stretched_p) |
| 2085 | it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width); |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character |
| 2088 | height. If character has a box line to the left and/or |
| 2089 | right, add the box line width to the character's width. */ |
| 2090 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2091 | { |
| 2092 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2095 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2098 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2099 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2100 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2101 | } |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 2104 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 2105 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 2106 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */ |
| 2111 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2112 | { |
| 2113 | if (stretched_p) |
| 2114 | { |
| 2115 | /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property |
| 2116 | into a stretch glyph. */ |
| 2117 | double ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) |
| 2118 | / FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 2119 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, |
| 2120 | it->ascent + it->descent, ascent); |
| 2121 | } |
| 2122 | else |
| 2123 | x_append_glyph (it); |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed |
| 2126 | in this line, record that fact in a flag of the |
| 2127 | glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */ |
| 2128 | if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)) |
| 2129 | it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1; |
| 2130 | } |
| 2131 | } |
| 2132 | else if (it->char_to_display == '\n') |
| 2133 | { |
| 2134 | /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */ |
| 2135 | it->pixel_width = 0; |
| 2136 | it->nglyphs = 0; |
| 2137 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2138 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2141 | { |
| 2142 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2143 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2144 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2145 | } |
| 2146 | } |
| 2147 | else if (it->char_to_display == '\t') |
| 2148 | { |
| 2149 | int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 2150 | int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width; |
| 2151 | int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width; |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab |
| 2154 | stop is less than a canonical character width, use the |
| 2155 | tab stop after that. */ |
| 2156 | if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f)) |
| 2157 | next_tab_x += tab_width; |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 | it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x; |
| 2160 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2161 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2162 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2165 | { |
| 2166 | double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent); |
| 2167 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, |
| 2168 | it->ascent + it->descent, ascent); |
| 2169 | } |
| 2170 | } |
| 2171 | else |
| 2172 | { |
| 2173 | /* A multi-byte character. |
| 2174 | If we found a font, this font should give us the right |
| 2175 | metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's |
| 2176 | default font and calculate the width of the character |
| 2177 | from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code |
| 2178 | did. */ |
| 2179 | enum w32_char_font_type type; |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1) |
| 2182 | type = BDF_1D_FONT; |
| 2183 | else if (font->bdf) |
| 2184 | type = BDF_2D_FONT; |
| 2185 | else |
| 2186 | type = UNICODE_FONT; |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, type); |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | if (font_not_found_p || !pcm) |
| 2191 | { |
| 2192 | int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display); |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 1; |
| 2195 | it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f)) |
| 2196 | * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)); |
| 2197 | it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2198 | it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2199 | } |
| 2200 | else |
| 2201 | { |
| 2202 | it->pixel_width = pcm->width; |
| 2203 | it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff; |
| 2204 | it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff; |
| 2205 | if (it->glyph_row |
| 2206 | && (pcm->lbearing < 0 |
| 2207 | || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)) |
| 2208 | it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1; |
| 2209 | } |
| 2210 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2211 | it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2212 | it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2213 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2214 | { |
| 2215 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2216 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2217 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2220 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2221 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2222 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2223 | } |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 2226 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 2227 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 2228 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2233 | x_append_glyph (it); |
| 2234 | } |
| 2235 | it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p; |
| 2236 | } |
| 2237 | else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION) |
| 2238 | { |
| 2239 | /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the |
| 2240 | glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */ |
| 2241 | wchar_t char2b; |
| 2242 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 2243 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2244 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 2245 | int font_not_found_p; |
| 2246 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 2247 | int boff; /* baseline offset */ |
| 2248 | struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id]; |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */ |
| 2251 | it->char_to_display = it->c; |
| 2252 | if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment |
| 2253 | && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 2254 | && (it->c >= 0240 |
| 2255 | || (it->c >= 0200 |
| 2256 | && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))) |
| 2257 | { |
| 2258 | it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c); |
| 2259 | } |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */ |
| 2262 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 2263 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2264 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display, |
| 2265 | it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p); |
| 2266 | font = face->font; |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */ |
| 2269 | font_not_found_p = font == NULL; |
| 2270 | if (font_not_found_p) |
| 2271 | { |
| 2272 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2273 | boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset; |
| 2274 | font_info = NULL; |
| 2275 | } |
| 2276 | else |
| 2277 | { |
| 2278 | font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2279 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 2280 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 2281 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 2282 | } |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to |
| 2285 | produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width, |
| 2286 | ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by |
| 2287 | draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */ |
| 2288 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of |
| 2291 | the composition for the current face font, calculate them |
| 2292 | now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the |
| 2293 | glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So, |
| 2294 | here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads |
| 2295 | to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can |
| 2296 | correct the display anyway. */ |
| 2297 | if (cmp->font != (void *) font) |
| 2298 | { |
| 2299 | /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of |
| 2300 | this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent |
| 2301 | and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than |
| 2302 | them respectively. */ |
| 2303 | int font_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2304 | int font_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2305 | /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */ |
| 2306 | int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest; |
| 2307 | int i, width, ascent, descent; |
| 2308 | enum w32_char_font_type font_type; |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | cmp->font = (void *) font; |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1) |
| 2313 | font_type = BDF_1D_FONT; |
| 2314 | else if (font->bdf) |
| 2315 | font_type = BDF_2D_FONT; |
| 2316 | else |
| 2317 | font_type = UNICODE_FONT; |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | /* Initialize the bounding box. */ |
| 2320 | if (font_info |
| 2321 | && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type))) |
| 2322 | { |
| 2323 | width = pcm->width; |
| 2324 | ascent = pcm->ascent; |
| 2325 | descent = pcm->descent; |
| 2326 | } |
| 2327 | else |
| 2328 | { |
| 2329 | width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 2330 | ascent = FONT_BASE (font); |
| 2331 | descent = FONT_DESCENT (font); |
| 2332 | } |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | rightmost = width; |
| 2335 | lowest = - descent + boff; |
| 2336 | highest = ascent + boff; |
| 2337 | leftmost = 0; |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | if (font_info |
| 2340 | && font_info->default_ascent |
| 2341 | && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent) |
| 2342 | && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, |
| 2343 | make_number (it->char_to_display)))) |
| 2344 | highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff; |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be |
| 2347 | shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at |
| 2348 | the left. */ |
| 2349 | cmp->offsets[0] = 0; |
| 2350 | cmp->offsets[1] = boff; |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */ |
| 2353 | for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++) |
| 2354 | { |
| 2355 | int left, right, btm, top; |
| 2356 | int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i); |
| 2357 | int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch); |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id); |
| 2360 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b, |
| 2361 | it->multibyte_p); |
| 2362 | font = face->font; |
| 2363 | if (font == NULL) |
| 2364 | { |
| 2365 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2366 | boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset; |
| 2367 | font_info = NULL; |
| 2368 | } |
| 2369 | else |
| 2370 | { |
| 2371 | font_info |
| 2372 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2373 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 2374 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 2375 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 2376 | } |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch)) == 1) |
| 2379 | font_type = BDF_1D_FONT; |
| 2380 | else if (font->bdf) |
| 2381 | font_type = BDF_2D_FONT; |
| 2382 | else |
| 2383 | font_type = UNICODE_FONT; |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | if (font_info |
| 2386 | && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type))) |
| 2387 | { |
| 2388 | width = pcm->width; |
| 2389 | ascent = pcm->ascent; |
| 2390 | descent = pcm->descent; |
| 2391 | } |
| 2392 | else |
| 2393 | { |
| 2394 | width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 2395 | ascent = 1; |
| 2396 | descent = 0; |
| 2397 | } |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS) |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | /* Relative composition with or without |
| 2402 | alternate chars. */ |
| 2403 | left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2; |
| 2404 | btm = - descent + boff; |
| 2405 | if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose |
| 2406 | && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition) |
| 2407 | || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition, |
| 2408 | make_number (ch))))) |
| 2409 | { |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose) |
| 2412 | /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */ |
| 2413 | btm = highest + 1; |
| 2414 | else if (ascent <= 0) |
| 2415 | /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */ |
| 2416 | btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent; |
| 2417 | } |
| 2418 | } |
| 2419 | else |
| 2420 | { |
| 2421 | /* A composition rule is specified by an integer |
| 2422 | value that encodes global and new reference |
| 2423 | points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are |
| 2424 | specified by numbers as below: |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 | 0---1---2 -- ascent |
| 2427 | | | |
| 2428 | | | |
| 2429 | | | |
| 2430 | 9--10--11 -- center |
| 2431 | | | |
| 2432 | ---3---4---5--- baseline |
| 2433 | | | |
| 2434 | 6---7---8 -- descent |
| 2435 | */ |
| 2436 | int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i); |
| 2437 | int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy; |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref); |
| 2440 | grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3; |
| 2441 | grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3; |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | left = (leftmost |
| 2444 | + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2 |
| 2445 | - nrefx * width / 2); |
| 2446 | btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest |
| 2447 | : grefy == 1 ? 0 |
| 2448 | : grefy == 2 ? lowest |
| 2449 | : (highest + lowest) / 2) |
| 2450 | - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent |
| 2451 | : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff |
| 2452 | : nrefy == 2 ? 0 |
| 2453 | : (ascent + descent) / 2)); |
| 2454 | } |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left; |
| 2457 | cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent; |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */ |
| 2460 | right = left + width; |
| 2461 | top = btm + descent + ascent; |
| 2462 | if (left < leftmost) |
| 2463 | leftmost = left; |
| 2464 | if (right > rightmost) |
| 2465 | rightmost = right; |
| 2466 | if (top > highest) |
| 2467 | highest = top; |
| 2468 | if (btm < lowest) |
| 2469 | lowest = btm; |
| 2470 | } |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative, |
| 2473 | shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets |
| 2474 | non-negative. */ |
| 2475 | if (leftmost < 0) |
| 2476 | { |
| 2477 | for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++) |
| 2478 | cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost; |
| 2479 | rightmost -= leftmost; |
| 2480 | } |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | cmp->pixel_width = rightmost; |
| 2483 | cmp->ascent = highest; |
| 2484 | cmp->descent = - lowest; |
| 2485 | if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent) |
| 2486 | cmp->ascent = font_ascent; |
| 2487 | if (cmp->descent < font_descent) |
| 2488 | cmp->descent = font_descent; |
| 2489 | } |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 | it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width; |
| 2492 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent; |
| 2493 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent; |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2496 | { |
| 2497 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2498 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2499 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2502 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2503 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2504 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 2508 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 2509 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 2510 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2515 | x_append_composite_glyph (it); |
| 2516 | } |
| 2517 | else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE) |
| 2518 | x_produce_image_glyph (it); |
| 2519 | else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH) |
| 2520 | x_produce_stretch_glyph (it); |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0 |
| 2523 | because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */ |
| 2524 | xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent >= 0); |
| 2525 | if (it->area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 2526 | it->current_x += it->pixel_width; |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing; |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent); |
| 2531 | it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent); |
| 2532 | it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent); |
| 2533 | it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent); |
| 2534 | } |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 | /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F. |
| 2538 | FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */ |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | int |
| 2541 | x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id) |
| 2542 | struct frame *f; |
| 2543 | enum face_id face_id; |
| 2544 | { |
| 2545 | int height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face |
| 2548 | cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */ |
| 2549 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) |
| 2550 | { |
| 2551 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 2552 | if (face) |
| 2553 | { |
| 2554 | if (face->font) |
| 2555 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font); |
| 2556 | height += 2 * face->box_line_width; |
| 2557 | } |
| 2558 | } |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | return height; |
| 2561 | } |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 | \f |
| 2564 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 2565 | Glyph display |
| 2566 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face. |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it |
| 2571 | could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It |
| 2572 | is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because |
| 2573 | it's not clear what other systems will need. */ |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | struct glyph_string |
| 2576 | { |
| 2577 | /* X-origin of the string. */ |
| 2578 | int x; |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */ |
| 2581 | int y, ybase; |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */ |
| 2584 | int width; |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */ |
| 2587 | int background_width; |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this |
| 2590 | string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the |
| 2591 | font the string is drawn in. */ |
| 2592 | int height; |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin. |
| 2595 | This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is |
| 2596 | -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */ |
| 2597 | int left_overhang; |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most |
| 2600 | nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's |
| 2601 | rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */ |
| 2602 | int right_overhang; |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */ |
| 2605 | struct frame *f; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */ |
| 2608 | struct window *w; |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | /* X display and window for convenience. */ |
| 2611 | Window window; |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the |
| 2614 | y-origin and height of the string. */ |
| 2615 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | /* The area within row. */ |
| 2618 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */ |
| 2621 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 2622 | int nchars; |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */ |
| 2625 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */ |
| 2628 | struct face *face; |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */ |
| 2631 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | /* Font info for this string. */ |
| 2634 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition. |
| 2637 | All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */ |
| 2638 | struct composition *cmp; |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph |
| 2641 | definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes |
| 2642 | the first character of a composition. */ |
| 2643 | int gidx; |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 | /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end |
| 2646 | of the window's drawing area. */ |
| 2647 | unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1; |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */ |
| 2650 | unsigned background_filled_p : 1; |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */ |
| 2653 | unsigned two_byte_p : 1; |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph |
| 2656 | string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to |
| 2657 | the frame's default font in this case. */ |
| 2658 | unsigned font_not_found_p : 1; |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a |
| 2661 | stipple pattern. */ |
| 2662 | unsigned stippled_p : 1; |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn, |
| 2665 | and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph |
| 2666 | string appears in as clip rect. */ |
| 2667 | unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1; |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */ |
| 2670 | XGCValues *gc; |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | HDC hdc; |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 | /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph |
| 2675 | corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if |
| 2676 | font_not_found_p is 1. */ |
| 2677 | struct glyph *first_glyph; |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | /* Image, if any. */ |
| 2680 | struct image *img; |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | struct glyph_string *next, *prev; |
| 2683 | }; |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */ |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | void W32_TEXTOUT (s, x, y,chars,nchars) |
| 2689 | struct glyph_string * s; |
| 2690 | int x, y; |
| 2691 | wchar_t * chars; |
| 2692 | int nchars; |
| 2693 | { |
| 2694 | int charset_dim = w32_font_is_double_byte (s->gc->font) ? 2 : 1; |
| 2695 | if (s->gc->font->bdf) |
| 2696 | w32_BDF_TextOut (s->gc->font->bdf, s->hdc, |
| 2697 | x, y, (char *) chars, charset_dim, |
| 2698 | nchars * charset_dim, 0); |
| 2699 | else if (s->first_glyph->w32_font_type == UNICODE_FONT) |
| 2700 | ExtTextOutW (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, chars, nchars, NULL); |
| 2701 | else |
| 2702 | ExtTextOut (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, (char *) chars, |
| 2703 | nchars * charset_dim, NULL); |
| 2704 | } |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | #if 0 |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | static void |
| 2709 | x_dump_glyph_string (s) |
| 2710 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2711 | { |
| 2712 | fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n"); |
| 2713 | fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n", |
| 2714 | s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height); |
| 2715 | fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase); |
| 2716 | fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl); |
| 2717 | fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n", |
| 2718 | s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang); |
| 2719 | fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars); |
| 2720 | fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n", |
| 2721 | s->extends_to_end_of_line_p); |
| 2722 | fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font)); |
| 2723 | fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width); |
| 2724 | } |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 2731 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 2732 | struct glyph_string *, |
| 2733 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2734 | static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 2735 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 2736 | struct glyph_string *, |
| 2737 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2738 | static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 2739 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 2740 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2741 | static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2742 | static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2743 | static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2744 | static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2745 | static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, |
| 2746 | int)); |
| 2747 | static void w32_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HDC hdc, |
| 2748 | wchar_t *, struct window *, |
| 2749 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 2750 | enum glyph_row_area, int, |
| 2751 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 2752 | static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *, |
| 2753 | enum glyph_row_area, int, int, |
| 2754 | enum draw_glyphs_face, int *, int *, int)); |
| 2755 | static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2756 | static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2757 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 2758 | int)); |
| 2759 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2760 | static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2761 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2762 | static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2763 | static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2764 | static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2765 | static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2766 | static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2767 | static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((HDC hdc, struct glyph *, |
| 2768 | struct frame *, |
| 2769 | int *, int *)); |
| 2770 | static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int)); |
| 2771 | static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int); |
| 2772 | static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *, |
| 2773 | double, int, COLORREF)); |
| 2774 | static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2775 | static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2776 | static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2777 | static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2778 | static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP)); |
| 2779 | static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2780 | static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, |
| 2781 | int, int, int)); |
| 2782 | static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, |
| 2783 | int, int, int, int, RECT *)); |
| 2784 | static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int, |
| 2785 | int, int, int, RECT *)); |
| 2786 | static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 2787 | enum glyph_row_area)); |
| 2788 | static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 2789 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 2790 | enum glyph_row_area, int, int)); |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 2793 | static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *)); |
| 2794 | #endif |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list |
| 2798 | with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */ |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | static INLINE void |
| 2801 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t) |
| 2802 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 2803 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 2804 | { |
| 2805 | if (h) |
| 2806 | { |
| 2807 | if (*head) |
| 2808 | (*tail)->next = h; |
| 2809 | else |
| 2810 | *head = h; |
| 2811 | h->prev = *tail; |
| 2812 | *tail = t; |
| 2813 | } |
| 2814 | } |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the |
| 2818 | list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the |
| 2819 | result. */ |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | static INLINE void |
| 2822 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t) |
| 2823 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 2824 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 2825 | { |
| 2826 | if (h) |
| 2827 | { |
| 2828 | if (*head) |
| 2829 | (*head)->prev = t; |
| 2830 | else |
| 2831 | *tail = t; |
| 2832 | t->next = *head; |
| 2833 | *head = h; |
| 2834 | } |
| 2835 | } |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. |
| 2839 | Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */ |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | static INLINE void |
| 2842 | x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s) |
| 2843 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 2844 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2845 | { |
| 2846 | s->next = s->prev = NULL; |
| 2847 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s); |
| 2848 | } |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor |
| 2852 | face. */ |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | static void |
| 2855 | x_set_cursor_gc (s) |
| 2856 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2857 | { |
| 2858 | if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f) |
| 2859 | && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 2860 | && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 2861 | && !s->cmp) |
| 2862 | s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc; |
| 2863 | else |
| 2864 | { |
| 2865 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ |
| 2866 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2867 | unsigned long mask; |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel; |
| 2870 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */ |
| 2873 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 2874 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 2875 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 2876 | xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel; |
| 2877 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 2878 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ |
| 2881 | if (xgcv.background == s->face->background |
| 2882 | && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground) |
| 2883 | { |
| 2884 | xgcv.background = s->face->foreground; |
| 2885 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 2886 | } |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 2889 | xgcv.font = s->font; |
| 2890 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 2893 | XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 2894 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 2895 | else |
| 2896 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 2897 | = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 2900 | } |
| 2901 | } |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */ |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | static void |
| 2907 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s) |
| 2908 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2909 | { |
| 2910 | int face_id; |
| 2911 | struct face *face; |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */ |
| 2914 | face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id; |
| 2915 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 2916 | if (face == NULL) |
| 2917 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID); |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 | if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 2920 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch); |
| 2921 | else |
| 2922 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0); |
| 2923 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 2924 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */ |
| 2927 | if (s->font == s->face->font) |
| 2928 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2929 | else |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE |
| 2932 | but font FONT. */ |
| 2933 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2934 | unsigned long mask; |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 | xgcv.background = s->face->background; |
| 2937 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 2938 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 2939 | xgcv.font = s->font; |
| 2940 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 2943 | XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 2944 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 2945 | else |
| 2946 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 2947 | = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 | s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 2950 | } |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line. |
| 2957 | Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the |
| 2958 | matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */ |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | static INLINE void |
| 2961 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s) |
| 2962 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2963 | { |
| 2964 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2965 | } |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set |
| 2969 | S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple |
| 2970 | pattern. */ |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | static INLINE void |
| 2973 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s) |
| 2974 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2975 | { |
| 2976 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 2979 | { |
| 2980 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2981 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2982 | } |
| 2983 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO) |
| 2984 | { |
| 2985 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s); |
| 2986 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2987 | } |
| 2988 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 2989 | { |
| 2990 | x_set_cursor_gc (s); |
| 2991 | s->stippled_p = 0; |
| 2992 | } |
| 2993 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 2994 | { |
| 2995 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 2996 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2997 | } |
| 2998 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 2999 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 3000 | { |
| 3001 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 3002 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | else |
| 3005 | { |
| 3006 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 3007 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 3008 | } |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | /* GC must have been set. */ |
| 3011 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 3012 | } |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */ |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 | static void |
| 3018 | w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r) |
| 3019 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3020 | RECT *r; |
| 3021 | { |
| 3022 | int r_height, r_width; |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | if (s->row->full_width_p) |
| 3025 | { |
| 3026 | /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */ |
| 3027 | int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f); |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | r->left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x; |
| 3030 | r_width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x; |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f)) |
| 3033 | { |
| 3034 | int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x; |
| 3035 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f)) |
| 3036 | r->left -= width; |
| 3037 | } |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | r->left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f); |
| 3040 | |
| 3041 | /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always |
| 3042 | fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */ |
| 3043 | if (s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 3044 | r_height = s->row->visible_height; |
| 3045 | else |
| 3046 | r_height = s->height; |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | else |
| 3049 | { |
| 3050 | /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */ |
| 3051 | r->left = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0); |
| 3052 | r_width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area); |
| 3053 | r_height = s->row->visible_height; |
| 3054 | } |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially |
| 3057 | visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for |
| 3058 | partially visible lines at the top of a window. */ |
| 3059 | if (!s->row->full_width_p |
| 3060 | && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row)) |
| 3061 | r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w); |
| 3062 | else |
| 3063 | r->top = max (0, s->row->y); |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border |
| 3066 | at the top of the window. */ |
| 3067 | if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 3068 | r->top -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width; |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and |
| 3071 | bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string |
| 3072 | intentionally draws over other lines. */ |
| 3073 | if (s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 3074 | { |
| 3075 | r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w); |
| 3076 | r_height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->top; |
| 3077 | } |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | r->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->top); |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | r->bottom = r->top + r_height; |
| 3082 | r->right = r->left + r_width; |
| 3083 | } |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode |
| 3087 | line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */ |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | static INLINE void |
| 3090 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s) |
| 3091 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3092 | { |
| 3093 | RECT r; |
| 3094 | w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 3095 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, &r); |
| 3096 | } |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph |
| 3100 | string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */ |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | static INLINE void |
| 3103 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s) |
| 3104 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3105 | { |
| 3106 | /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for |
| 3107 | getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each |
| 3108 | individual character and working it out manually. */ |
| 3109 | } |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 | /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its |
| 3113 | predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S. |
| 3114 | BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */ |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | static void |
| 3117 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p) |
| 3118 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3119 | int x; |
| 3120 | int backward_p; |
| 3121 | { |
| 3122 | if (backward_p) |
| 3123 | { |
| 3124 | while (s) |
| 3125 | { |
| 3126 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 3127 | x -= s->width; |
| 3128 | s->x = x; |
| 3129 | s = s->prev; |
| 3130 | } |
| 3131 | } |
| 3132 | else |
| 3133 | { |
| 3134 | while (s) |
| 3135 | { |
| 3136 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 3137 | s->x = x; |
| 3138 | x += s->width; |
| 3139 | s = s->next; |
| 3140 | } |
| 3141 | } |
| 3142 | } |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | |
| 3145 | /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on |
| 3146 | frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are |
| 3147 | assumed to be zero. */ |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | static void |
| 3150 | w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right) |
| 3151 | HDC hdc; |
| 3152 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 3153 | struct frame *f; |
| 3154 | int *left, *right; |
| 3155 | { |
| 3156 | *left = *right = 0; |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 3159 | { |
| 3160 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 3161 | struct face *face; |
| 3162 | wchar_t char2b; |
| 3163 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL); |
| 3166 | font = face->font; |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | if (font |
| 3169 | && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, |
| 3170 | glyph->w32_font_type))) |
| 3171 | { |
| 3172 | if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width) |
| 3173 | *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width; |
| 3174 | if (pcm->lbearing < 0) |
| 3175 | *left = -pcm->lbearing; |
| 3176 | } |
| 3177 | } |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | static void |
| 3182 | x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right) |
| 3183 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 3184 | struct frame *f; |
| 3185 | int *left, *right; |
| 3186 | { |
| 3187 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 3188 | /* Convert to unicode! */ |
| 3189 | w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right); |
| 3190 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 3191 | } |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that |
| 3195 | is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1 |
| 3196 | if no glyphs are overwritten. */ |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | static int |
| 3199 | x_left_overwritten (s) |
| 3200 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3201 | { |
| 3202 | int k; |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 | if (s->left_overhang) |
| 3205 | { |
| 3206 | int x = 0, i; |
| 3207 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3208 | int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs; |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i) |
| 3211 | x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 | k = i + 1; |
| 3214 | } |
| 3215 | else |
| 3216 | k = -1; |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | return k; |
| 3219 | } |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that |
| 3223 | is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no |
| 3224 | glyph in front of S overwrites S. */ |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | static int |
| 3227 | x_left_overwriting (s) |
| 3228 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3229 | { |
| 3230 | int i, k, x; |
| 3231 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3232 | int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs; |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 | k = -1; |
| 3235 | x = 0; |
| 3236 | for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
| 3237 | { |
| 3238 | int left, right; |
| 3239 | w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right); |
| 3240 | if (x + right > 0) |
| 3241 | k = i; |
| 3242 | x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3243 | } |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | return k; |
| 3246 | } |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is |
| 3250 | not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if |
| 3251 | no such glyph is found. */ |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | static int |
| 3254 | x_right_overwritten (s) |
| 3255 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3256 | { |
| 3257 | int k = -1; |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | if (s->right_overhang) |
| 3260 | { |
| 3261 | int x = 0, i; |
| 3262 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3263 | int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars); |
| 3264 | int end = s->row->used[s->area]; |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i) |
| 3267 | x += glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | k = i; |
| 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | return k; |
| 3273 | } |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that |
| 3277 | overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative |
| 3278 | if no such glyph is found. */ |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 | static int |
| 3281 | x_right_overwriting (s) |
| 3282 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3283 | { |
| 3284 | int i, k, x; |
| 3285 | int end = s->row->used[s->area]; |
| 3286 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3287 | int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars); |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | k = -1; |
| 3290 | x = 0; |
| 3291 | for (i = first; i < end; ++i) |
| 3292 | { |
| 3293 | int left, right; |
| 3294 | w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right); |
| 3295 | if (x - left < 0) |
| 3296 | k = i; |
| 3297 | x += glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3298 | } |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 | return k; |
| 3301 | } |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */ |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | static INLINE void |
| 3307 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 3308 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3309 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 3310 | { |
| 3311 | int real_x = x; |
| 3312 | int real_y = y; |
| 3313 | int real_w = w; |
| 3314 | int real_h = h; |
| 3315 | #if 0 |
| 3316 | /* Take clipping into account. */ |
| 3317 | if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect) |
| 3318 | { |
| 3319 | real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left); |
| 3320 | real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top); |
| 3321 | real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right |
| 3322 | - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left); |
| 3323 | real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom |
| 3324 | - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top); |
| 3325 | } |
| 3326 | #endif |
| 3327 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y, |
| 3328 | real_w, real_h); |
| 3329 | } |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p |
| 3333 | is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the |
| 3334 | background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used |
| 3335 | when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S |
| 3336 | contains the first component of a composition. */ |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | static void |
| 3339 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p) |
| 3340 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3341 | int force_p; |
| 3342 | { |
| 3343 | /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it |
| 3344 | shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */ |
| 3345 | if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 3346 | { |
| 3347 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 3348 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 3349 | { |
| 3350 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 3351 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 3352 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, |
| 3353 | s->y + s->face->box_line_width, |
| 3354 | s->background_width, |
| 3355 | s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width); |
| 3356 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 3357 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | else |
| 3360 | #endif |
| 3361 | if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width |
| 3362 | || s->font_not_found_p |
| 3363 | || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 3364 | || s->font->bdf |
| 3365 | || force_p) |
| 3366 | { |
| 3367 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + s->face->box_line_width, |
| 3368 | s->background_width, |
| 3369 | s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width); |
| 3370 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 3371 | } |
| 3372 | } |
| 3373 | } |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 | /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */ |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | static void |
| 3379 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 3380 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3381 | { |
| 3382 | int i, x; |
| 3383 | HFONT old_font; |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 3386 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 3387 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3388 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3389 | x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3390 | else |
| 3391 | x = s->x; |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | if (s->for_overlaps_p || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)) |
| 3394 | SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT); |
| 3395 | else |
| 3396 | SetBkMode (s->hdc, OPAQUE); |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 3399 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 3400 | SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT); |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | if (s->font && s->font->hfont) |
| 3403 | old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont); |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be |
| 3406 | loaded. */ |
| 3407 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 3408 | { |
| 3409 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 3410 | { |
| 3411 | struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i; |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1, |
| 3414 | s->height - 1); |
| 3415 | x += g->pixel_width; |
| 3416 | } |
| 3417 | } |
| 3418 | else |
| 3419 | { |
| 3420 | char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b; |
| 3421 | int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | if (s->font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 3424 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff; |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */ |
| 3427 | if (!s->two_byte_p) |
| 3428 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 3429 | char1b[i] = BYTE2 (s->char2b[i]); |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */ |
| 3432 | W32_TEXTOUT (s, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 3433 | } |
| 3434 | if (s->font && s->font->hfont) |
| 3435 | SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font); |
| 3436 | } |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */ |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | static void |
| 3441 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 3442 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3443 | { |
| 3444 | int i, x; |
| 3445 | HFONT old_font; |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 3448 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 3449 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3450 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3451 | x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3452 | else |
| 3453 | x = s->x; |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of |
| 3456 | the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition. |
| 3457 | S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of |
| 3458 | this composition. */ |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 3461 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 3462 | SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT); |
| 3463 | SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT); |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | if (s->font && s->font->hfont) |
| 3466 | old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont); |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very |
| 3469 | first character of the composition could not be loaded. */ |
| 3470 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 3471 | { |
| 3472 | if (s->gidx == 0) |
| 3473 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1, |
| 3474 | s->height - 1); |
| 3475 | } |
| 3476 | else |
| 3477 | { |
| 3478 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx) |
| 3479 | W32_TEXTOUT (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2], |
| 3480 | s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1], |
| 3481 | s->char2b + i, 1); |
| 3482 | } |
| 3483 | if (s->font && s->font->hfont) |
| 3484 | SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font); |
| 3485 | } |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 | /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness |
| 3489 | boosted. |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by |
| 3492 | brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this |
| 3493 | doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's |
| 3494 | brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to |
| 3495 | use an additional additive factor. |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color |
| 3498 | (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */ |
| 3499 | #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187 |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 | /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR |
| 3503 | or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. |
| 3504 | If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB |
| 3505 | values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR. |
| 3506 | DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. |
| 3507 | Value is non-zero if successful. */ |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | static int |
| 3510 | w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta) |
| 3511 | struct frame *f; |
| 3512 | COLORREF *color; |
| 3513 | double factor; |
| 3514 | int delta; |
| 3515 | { |
| 3516 | COLORREF new; |
| 3517 | long bright; |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */ |
| 3520 | delta /= 256; |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */ |
| 3523 | xassert (factor >= 0); |
| 3524 | new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)), |
| 3525 | min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)), |
| 3526 | min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color))); |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */ |
| 3529 | bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color) |
| 3530 | + GetBValue (*color)) / 6; |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | /* We only boost colors that are darker than |
| 3533 | HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */ |
| 3534 | if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT) |
| 3535 | /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so |
| 3536 | that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */ |
| 3537 | { |
| 3538 | /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */ |
| 3539 | double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT; |
| 3540 | /* The additive adjustment. */ |
| 3541 | int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2; |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | if (factor < 1) |
| 3544 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))), |
| 3545 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))), |
| 3546 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 3547 | else |
| 3548 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))), |
| 3549 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))), |
| 3550 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 3551 | } |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | if (new == *color) |
| 3554 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))), |
| 3555 | max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))), |
| 3556 | max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */ |
| 3559 | /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */ |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | if (new == *color) |
| 3562 | return 0; |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | *color = new; |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | return 1; |
| 3567 | } |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph |
| 3571 | string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC |
| 3572 | with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or |
| 3573 | DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found |
| 3574 | in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot |
| 3575 | be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */ |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | static void |
| 3578 | w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel) |
| 3579 | struct frame *f; |
| 3580 | struct relief *relief; |
| 3581 | double factor; |
| 3582 | int delta; |
| 3583 | COLORREF default_pixel; |
| 3584 | { |
| 3585 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3586 | struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32; |
| 3587 | unsigned long mask = GCForeground; |
| 3588 | COLORREF pixel; |
| 3589 | COLORREF background = di->relief_background; |
| 3590 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */ |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | /* Allocate new color. */ |
| 3595 | xgcv.foreground = default_pixel; |
| 3596 | pixel = background; |
| 3597 | if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta)) |
| 3598 | { |
| 3599 | relief->allocated_p = 1; |
| 3600 | xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel; |
| 3601 | } |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | if (relief->gc == 0) |
| 3604 | { |
| 3605 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 3606 | xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray; |
| 3607 | mask |= GCStipple; |
| 3608 | #endif |
| 3609 | relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv); |
| 3610 | } |
| 3611 | else |
| 3612 | XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 3613 | } |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */ |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | static void |
| 3619 | x_setup_relief_colors (s) |
| 3620 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3621 | { |
| 3622 | struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32; |
| 3623 | COLORREF color; |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p) |
| 3626 | color = s->face->box_color; |
| 3627 | else |
| 3628 | color = s->gc->background; |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | if (di->white_relief.gc == 0 |
| 3631 | || color != di->relief_background) |
| 3632 | { |
| 3633 | di->relief_background = color; |
| 3634 | w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000, |
| 3635 | WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 3636 | w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000, |
| 3637 | BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | } |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, |
| 3643 | TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief |
| 3644 | to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised |
| 3645 | relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of |
| 3646 | the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right |
| 3647 | side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use |
| 3648 | when drawing. */ |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 | static void |
| 3651 | w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 3652 | raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 3653 | struct frame *f; |
| 3654 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p; |
| 3655 | RECT *clip_rect; |
| 3656 | { |
| 3657 | int i; |
| 3658 | XGCValues gc; |
| 3659 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | if (raised_p) |
| 3662 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 3663 | else |
| 3664 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect); |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | /* Top. */ |
| 3669 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 3670 | { |
| 3671 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 3672 | left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i, |
| 3673 | (right_x + 1 - i * right_p) - (left_x + i * left_p), 1); |
| 3674 | } |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | /* Left. */ |
| 3677 | if (left_p) |
| 3678 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 3679 | { |
| 3680 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 3681 | left_x + i, top_y + i, 1, |
| 3682 | (bottom_y - i) - (top_y + i)); |
| 3683 | } |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | if (raised_p) |
| 3688 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 3689 | else |
| 3690 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect); |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 3696 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 3697 | { |
| 3698 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 3699 | left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i, |
| 3700 | (right_x + 1 - i * right_p) - left_x + i * left_p, 1); |
| 3701 | } |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | /* Right. */ |
| 3704 | if (right_p) |
| 3705 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 3706 | { |
| 3707 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 3708 | right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1, |
| 3709 | (bottom_y - i) - (top_y + i + 1)); |
| 3710 | } |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 3715 | } |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, |
| 3719 | RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to |
| 3720 | draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the |
| 3721 | left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line |
| 3722 | on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping |
| 3723 | rectangle to use when drawing. */ |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | static void |
| 3726 | w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 3727 | left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 3728 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3729 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p; |
| 3730 | RECT *clip_rect; |
| 3731 | { |
| 3732 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect); |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | /* Top. */ |
| 3735 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 3736 | left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | /* Left. */ |
| 3739 | if (left_p) |
| 3740 | { |
| 3741 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 3742 | left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 3743 | } |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 3746 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 3747 | left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | /* Right. */ |
| 3750 | if (right_p) |
| 3751 | { |
| 3752 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 3753 | right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 3754 | } |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */ |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | static void |
| 3763 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s) |
| 3764 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3765 | { |
| 3766 | int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p; |
| 3767 | int left_p, right_p; |
| 3768 | struct glyph *last_glyph; |
| 3769 | RECT clip_rect; |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area); |
| 3772 | if (s->row->full_width_p |
| 3773 | && !s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 3774 | { |
| 3775 | last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s->f); |
| 3776 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f)) |
| 3777 | last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f); |
| 3778 | } |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */ |
| 3781 | last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img |
| 3782 | ? s->first_glyph |
| 3783 | : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1); |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 | width = s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3786 | raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX; |
| 3787 | left_x = s->x; |
| 3788 | right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p |
| 3789 | ? last_x - 1 |
| 3790 | : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1)); |
| 3791 | top_y = s->y; |
| 3792 | bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1; |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 | left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 3795 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 3796 | && (s->prev == NULL |
| 3797 | || s->prev->hl != s->hl))); |
| 3798 | right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p |
| 3799 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 3800 | && (s->next == NULL |
| 3801 | || s->next->hl != s->hl))); |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX) |
| 3806 | w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 3807 | left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 3808 | else |
| 3809 | { |
| 3810 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 3811 | w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, |
| 3812 | width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 3813 | } |
| 3814 | } |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */ |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 | static void |
| 3820 | x_draw_image_foreground (s) |
| 3821 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3822 | { |
| 3823 | int x; |
| 3824 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 3827 | right of that line. */ |
| 3828 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3829 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3830 | x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3831 | else |
| 3832 | x = s->x; |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 3835 | by that margin. */ |
| 3836 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 3837 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | SaveDC (s->hdc); |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 3842 | { |
| 3843 | #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */ |
| 3844 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 3845 | { |
| 3846 | /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles |
| 3847 | because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't |
| 3848 | trust on the shape extension to be available |
| 3849 | (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw |
| 3850 | manually. */ |
| 3851 | unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin |
| 3852 | | GCFunction); |
| 3853 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3854 | XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r; |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; |
| 3857 | xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; |
| 3858 | xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; |
| 3859 | xgcv.function = GXcopy; |
| 3860 | XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 3863 | image_rect.x = x; |
| 3864 | image_rect.y = y; |
| 3865 | image_rect.width = s->img->width; |
| 3866 | image_rect.height = s->img->height; |
| 3867 | if (IntersectRect (&r, &clip_rect, &image_rect)) |
| 3868 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3869 | r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y); |
| 3870 | } |
| 3871 | else |
| 3872 | #endif |
| 3873 | { |
| 3874 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 3875 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 3876 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush); |
| 3877 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap); |
| 3878 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 3881 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 3882 | #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */ |
| 3883 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height, |
| 3884 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); |
| 3885 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height, |
| 3886 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A); |
| 3887 | #else |
| 3888 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height, |
| 3889 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746); |
| 3890 | #endif |
| 3891 | SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush); |
| 3892 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 3893 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 3894 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 3897 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 3898 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 3899 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 3900 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 3901 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 3902 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 3903 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1, |
| 3904 | s->img->height - 1); |
| 3905 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 3906 | } |
| 3907 | } |
| 3908 | else |
| 3909 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width -1, |
| 3910 | s->img->height - 1); |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1); |
| 3913 | } |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 | /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */ |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 | static void |
| 3920 | x_draw_image_relief (s) |
| 3921 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3922 | { |
| 3923 | int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p; |
| 3924 | RECT r; |
| 3925 | int x; |
| 3926 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 3929 | right of that line. */ |
| 3930 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3931 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3932 | x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3933 | else |
| 3934 | x = s->x; |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 3937 | by that margin. */ |
| 3938 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 3939 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 3942 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED) |
| 3943 | { |
| 3944 | thick = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3; |
| 3945 | raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 3946 | } |
| 3947 | else |
| 3948 | { |
| 3949 | thick = abs (s->img->relief); |
| 3950 | raised_p = s->img->relief > 0; |
| 3951 | } |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | x0 = x - thick; |
| 3954 | y0 = y - thick; |
| 3955 | x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1; |
| 3956 | y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1; |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 3959 | w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 3960 | w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r); |
| 3961 | } |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */ |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | static void |
| 3967 | w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap) |
| 3968 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3969 | HBITMAP pixmap; |
| 3970 | { |
| 3971 | HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 3972 | HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap); |
| 3973 | int x; |
| 3974 | int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 3975 | |
| 3976 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 3977 | right of that line. */ |
| 3978 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3979 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3980 | x = s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3981 | else |
| 3982 | x = 0; |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 3985 | by that margin. */ |
| 3986 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 3987 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 3990 | { |
| 3991 | #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */ |
| 3992 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 3993 | { |
| 3994 | /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles |
| 3995 | because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't |
| 3996 | trust on the shape extension to be available |
| 3997 | (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw |
| 3998 | manually. */ |
| 3999 | unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin |
| 4000 | | GCFunction); |
| 4001 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; |
| 4004 | xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; |
| 4005 | xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; |
| 4006 | xgcv.function = GXcopy; |
| 4007 | XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4010 | 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); |
| 4011 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 4012 | } |
| 4013 | else |
| 4014 | #endif |
| 4015 | { |
| 4016 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc); |
| 4017 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 4018 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush); |
| 4019 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap); |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 | SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 4022 | SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 4023 | #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */ |
| 4024 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height, |
| 4025 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); |
| 4026 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height, |
| 4027 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A); |
| 4028 | #else |
| 4029 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height, |
| 4030 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746); |
| 4031 | #endif |
| 4032 | SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush); |
| 4033 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 4034 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 4035 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 4038 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 4039 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 4040 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 4041 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 4042 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 4043 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 4044 | w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1, |
| 4045 | s->img->height - 1); |
| 4046 | } |
| 4047 | } |
| 4048 | else |
| 4049 | w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1, |
| 4050 | s->img->height - 1); |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj); |
| 4053 | DeleteDC (hdc); |
| 4054 | } |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H |
| 4058 | give the rectangle to draw. */ |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | static void |
| 4061 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 4062 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4063 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 4064 | { |
| 4065 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 4066 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 4067 | { |
| 4068 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4069 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4070 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 4071 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 4072 | } |
| 4073 | else |
| 4074 | #endif |
| 4075 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h); |
| 4076 | } |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | /* Draw image glyph string S. |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | s->y |
| 4082 | s->x +------------------------- |
| 4083 | | s->face->box |
| 4084 | | |
| 4085 | | +------------------------- |
| 4086 | | | s->img->vmargin |
| 4087 | | | |
| 4088 | | | +------------------- |
| 4089 | | | | the image |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | */ |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 | static void |
| 4094 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 4095 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4096 | { |
| 4097 | int x, y; |
| 4098 | int box_line_width = s->face->box_line_width; |
| 4099 | int height; |
| 4100 | HBITMAP pixmap = 0; |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | height = s->height - 2 * box_line_width; |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is |
| 4105 | taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce |
| 4106 | flickering. */ |
| 4107 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 4108 | if (height > s->img->height |
| 4109 | || s->img->hmargin |
| 4110 | || s->img->vmargin |
| 4111 | #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */ |
| 4112 | || s->img->mask |
| 4113 | #endif |
| 4114 | || s->img->pixmap == 0 |
| 4115 | || s->width != s->background_width) |
| 4116 | { |
| 4117 | if (box_line_width && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 4118 | x = s->x + box_line_width; |
| 4119 | else |
| 4120 | x = s->x; |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | y = s->y + box_line_width; |
| 4123 | #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */ |
| 4124 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 4125 | { |
| 4126 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it |
| 4127 | with the background color. Copy the image to it, using |
| 4128 | its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */ |
| 4129 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f); |
| 4130 | int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen); |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */ |
| 4133 | pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window, |
| 4134 | s->background_width, |
| 4135 | s->height, depth); |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 | /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the |
| 4138 | pixmap. */ |
| 4139 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 | /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */ |
| 4142 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 4143 | { |
| 4144 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4145 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4146 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4147 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 4148 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | else |
| 4151 | { |
| 4152 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4153 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, |
| 4154 | &xgcv); |
| 4155 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); |
| 4156 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4157 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 4158 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4159 | } |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | else |
| 4162 | #endif |
| 4163 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height); |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4166 | } |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 | /* Draw the foreground. */ |
| 4169 | if (pixmap != 0) |
| 4170 | { |
| 4171 | w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap); |
| 4172 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 4173 | { |
| 4174 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 4175 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 4176 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush); |
| 4177 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap); |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 4180 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 4181 | #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */ |
| 4182 | BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height, |
| 4183 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); |
| 4184 | BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height, |
| 4185 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A); |
| 4186 | #else |
| 4187 | BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height, |
| 4188 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746); |
| 4189 | #endif |
| 4190 | SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush); |
| 4191 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 4192 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 4193 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 4194 | } |
| 4195 | DeleteObject (pixmap); |
| 4196 | pixmap = 0; |
| 4197 | } |
| 4198 | else |
| 4199 | x_draw_image_foreground (s); |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */ |
| 4202 | if (s->img->relief |
| 4203 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 4204 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 4205 | x_draw_image_relief (s); |
| 4206 | } |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */ |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | static void |
| 4212 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s) |
| 4213 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4214 | { |
| 4215 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 4216 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR |
| 4219 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 4220 | { |
| 4221 | /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor |
| 4222 | as wide as the stretch glyph. */ |
| 4223 | int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width); |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | /* Draw cursor. */ |
| 4226 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height); |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */ |
| 4229 | if (width < s->background_width) |
| 4230 | { |
| 4231 | XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc; |
| 4232 | int x = s->x + width, y = s->y; |
| 4233 | int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height; |
| 4234 | RECT r; |
| 4235 | HDC hdc = s->hdc; |
| 4236 | w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 4237 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r); |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 4240 | if (s->face->stipple) |
| 4241 | { |
| 4242 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4243 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4244 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 4245 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid); |
| 4246 | } |
| 4247 | else |
| 4248 | #endif |
| 4249 | { |
| 4250 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h); |
| 4251 | } |
| 4252 | } |
| 4253 | } |
| 4254 | else |
| 4255 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, |
| 4256 | s->height); |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4259 | } |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 | |
| 4262 | /* Draw glyph string S. */ |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | static void |
| 4265 | x_draw_glyph_string (s) |
| 4266 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4267 | { |
| 4268 | /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the |
| 4269 | background of the successor first so that S can draw into it. |
| 4270 | This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */ |
| 4271 | if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4272 | { |
| 4273 | xassert (s->next->img == NULL); |
| 4274 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next); |
| 4275 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next); |
| 4276 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1); |
| 4277 | } |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */ |
| 4280 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s); |
| 4281 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | switch (s->first_glyph->type) |
| 4284 | { |
| 4285 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: |
| 4286 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s); |
| 4287 | break; |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: |
| 4290 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s); |
| 4291 | break; |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | case CHAR_GLYPH: |
| 4294 | if (s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4295 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4296 | else |
| 4297 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0); |
| 4298 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 4299 | break; |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: |
| 4302 | if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0) |
| 4303 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4304 | else |
| 4305 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 4306 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 4307 | break; |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 | default: |
| 4310 | abort (); |
| 4311 | } |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | if (!s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4314 | { |
| 4315 | /* Draw underline. */ |
| 4316 | if (s->face->underline_p |
| 4317 | && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmUnderlined)) |
| 4318 | { |
| 4319 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 4320 | unsigned long dy = s->height - h; |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 | if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) |
| 4323 | { |
| 4324 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, |
| 4325 | s->y + dy, s->width, 1); |
| 4326 | } |
| 4327 | else |
| 4328 | { |
| 4329 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x, |
| 4330 | s->y + dy, s->width, 1); |
| 4331 | } |
| 4332 | } |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | /* Draw overline. */ |
| 4335 | if (s->face->overline_p) |
| 4336 | { |
| 4337 | unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1; |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p) |
| 4340 | { |
| 4341 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, |
| 4342 | s->y + dy, s->width, h); |
| 4343 | } |
| 4344 | else |
| 4345 | { |
| 4346 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x, |
| 4347 | s->y + dy, s->width, h); |
| 4348 | } |
| 4349 | } |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | /* Draw strike-through. */ |
| 4352 | if (s->face->strike_through_p |
| 4353 | && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmStruckOut)) |
| 4354 | { |
| 4355 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 4356 | unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2; |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p) |
| 4359 | { |
| 4360 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4361 | s->width, h); |
| 4362 | } |
| 4363 | else |
| 4364 | { |
| 4365 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x, |
| 4366 | s->y + dy, s->width, h); |
| 4367 | } |
| 4368 | } |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | /* Draw relief. */ |
| 4371 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 4372 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 4373 | } |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | /* Reset clipping. */ |
| 4376 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 4377 | } |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 4381 | struct face **, int)); |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp. |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 | FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition. |
| 4387 | S->gidx is the index of the first component for S. |
| 4388 | OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and |
| 4389 | use its physical height for clipping. |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | Value is the index of a component not in S. */ |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | static int |
| 4394 | x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p) |
| 4395 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4396 | struct face **faces; |
| 4397 | int overlaps_p; |
| 4398 | { |
| 4399 | int i; |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 | xassert (s); |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p; |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 | s->face = faces[s->gidx]; |
| 4406 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4407 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 | /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset |
| 4410 | S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a |
| 4411 | glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */ |
| 4412 | ++s->nchars; |
| 4413 | for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i) |
| 4414 | ++s->nchars; |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width, |
| 4417 | i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */ |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's |
| 4422 | default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in |
| 4423 | the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the |
| 4424 | characters of the glyph string. */ |
| 4425 | if (s->font == NULL) |
| 4426 | { |
| 4427 | s->font_not_found_p = 1; |
| 4428 | s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f); |
| 4429 | } |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4432 | s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset; |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 | xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */ |
| 4437 | s->two_byte_p = 1; |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | return s->gidx + s->nchars; |
| 4440 | } |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs. |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 | FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the |
| 4446 | first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1. |
| 4447 | OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and |
| 4448 | use its physical height for clipping. |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */ |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | static int |
| 4453 | x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p) |
| 4454 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4455 | int face_id; |
| 4456 | int start, end, overlaps_p; |
| 4457 | { |
| 4458 | struct glyph *glyph, *last; |
| 4459 | int voffset; |
| 4460 | int glyph_not_available_p; |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame)); |
| 4463 | xassert (s->nchars == 0); |
| 4464 | xassert (start >= 0 && end > start); |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p; |
| 4467 | glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start; |
| 4468 | last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end; |
| 4469 | voffset = glyph->voffset; |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 | glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p; |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 | while (glyph < last |
| 4474 | && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH |
| 4475 | && glyph->voffset == voffset |
| 4476 | /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */ |
| 4477 | && glyph->face_id == face_id |
| 4478 | && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p) |
| 4479 | { |
| 4480 | int two_byte_p; |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph, |
| 4483 | s->char2b + s->nchars, |
| 4484 | &two_byte_p); |
| 4485 | s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p; |
| 4486 | ++s->nchars; |
| 4487 | xassert (s->nchars <= end - start); |
| 4488 | s->width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4489 | ++glyph; |
| 4490 | } |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4493 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 | /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font, |
| 4496 | but record the fact that we couldn't load it in |
| 4497 | S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the |
| 4498 | characters of the glyph string. */ |
| 4499 | if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p) |
| 4500 | { |
| 4501 | s->font_not_found_p = 1; |
| 4502 | s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f); |
| 4503 | } |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4506 | s->ybase += voffset; |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); |
| 4509 | return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 4510 | } |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */ |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | static void |
| 4516 | x_fill_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 4517 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4518 | { |
| 4519 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH); |
| 4520 | s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id); |
| 4521 | xassert (s->img); |
| 4522 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id); |
| 4523 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4524 | s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4527 | s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset; |
| 4528 | } |
| 4529 | |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 | /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs. |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 | ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the |
| 4534 | area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to |
| 4535 | consider, END is the index of the last + 1. |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */ |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | static int |
| 4540 | x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end) |
| 4541 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4542 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4543 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 4544 | int start, end; |
| 4545 | { |
| 4546 | struct glyph *glyph, *last; |
| 4547 | int voffset, face_id; |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start; |
| 4552 | last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end; |
| 4553 | face_id = glyph->face_id; |
| 4554 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 4555 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4556 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 4557 | s->width = glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4558 | voffset = glyph->voffset; |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 | for (++glyph; |
| 4561 | (glyph < last |
| 4562 | && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH |
| 4563 | && glyph->voffset == voffset |
| 4564 | && glyph->face_id == face_id); |
| 4565 | ++glyph) |
| 4566 | s->width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4569 | s->ybase += voffset; |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); |
| 4572 | return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 4573 | } |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 | /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector |
| 4577 | of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in |
| 4578 | x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W |
| 4579 | is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row |
| 4580 | and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the |
| 4581 | index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a |
| 4582 | face-override for drawing S. */ |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | static void |
| 4585 | w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) |
| 4586 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4587 | HDC hdc; |
| 4588 | wchar_t *char2b; |
| 4589 | struct window *w; |
| 4590 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4591 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 4592 | int start; |
| 4593 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 4594 | { |
| 4595 | bzero (s, sizeof *s); |
| 4596 | s->w = w; |
| 4597 | s->f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4598 | s->hdc = hdc; |
| 4599 | s->window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s->f); |
| 4600 | s->char2b = char2b; |
| 4601 | s->hl = hl; |
| 4602 | s->row = row; |
| 4603 | s->area = area; |
| 4604 | s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start; |
| 4605 | s->height = row->height; |
| 4606 | s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */ |
| 4609 | if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 4610 | s->y -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width; |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 | s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent; |
| 4613 | } |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the |
| 4617 | first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1 |
| 4618 | in the drawing area. */ |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | static INLINE void |
| 4621 | x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x) |
| 4622 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4623 | int start; |
| 4624 | int last_x; |
| 4625 | { |
| 4626 | /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of |
| 4627 | the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */ |
| 4628 | struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID); |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | if (start == s->row->used[s->area] |
| 4631 | && s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT |
| 4632 | && ((s->area == TEXT_AREA && s->row->fill_line_p) |
| 4633 | || s->face->background != default_face->background |
| 4634 | || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple)) |
| 4635 | s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1; |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 | /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its |
| 4638 | background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing |
| 4639 | area. */ |
| 4640 | if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p) |
| 4641 | s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1; |
| 4642 | else |
| 4643 | s->background_width = s->width; |
| 4644 | } |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings |
| 4648 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in |
| 4649 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph |
| 4650 | in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned |
| 4651 | to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the |
| 4652 | glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X |
| 4653 | is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 | #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \ |
| 4656 | do \ |
| 4657 | { \ |
| 4658 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 4659 | w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 4660 | START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \ |
| 4661 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 4662 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 4663 | } \ |
| 4664 | while (0) |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 | /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings |
| 4668 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in |
| 4669 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph |
| 4670 | in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned |
| 4671 | to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the |
| 4672 | glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X |
| 4673 | is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 | #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \ |
| 4676 | do \ |
| 4677 | { \ |
| 4678 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 4679 | w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 4680 | x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \ |
| 4681 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 4682 | ++START; \ |
| 4683 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 4684 | } \ |
| 4685 | while (0) |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 | /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list |
| 4689 | of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first |
| 4690 | glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new |
| 4691 | glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row |
| 4692 | area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph |
| 4693 | string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it |
| 4694 | is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the |
| 4695 | right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 4698 | do \ |
| 4699 | { \ |
| 4700 | int c, face_id; \ |
| 4701 | wchar_t *char2b; \ |
| 4702 | \ |
| 4703 | c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \ |
| 4704 | face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \ |
| 4705 | \ |
| 4706 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 4707 | char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \ |
| 4708 | w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 4709 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 4710 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 4711 | START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \ |
| 4712 | OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 4713 | } \ |
| 4714 | while (0) |
| 4715 | |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings |
| 4718 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in |
| 4719 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph |
| 4720 | string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area. |
| 4721 | X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string |
| 4722 | constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is |
| 4723 | DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most |
| 4724 | x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 4727 | do { \ |
| 4728 | int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \ |
| 4729 | int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \ |
| 4730 | struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \ |
| 4731 | struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \ |
| 4732 | int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \ |
| 4733 | wchar_t *char2b; \ |
| 4734 | struct face **faces; \ |
| 4735 | struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \ |
| 4736 | int n; \ |
| 4737 | \ |
| 4738 | base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \ |
| 4739 | char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \ |
| 4740 | faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \ |
| 4741 | /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \ |
| 4742 | for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \ |
| 4743 | { \ |
| 4744 | int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \ |
| 4745 | int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \ |
| 4746 | faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \ |
| 4747 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \ |
| 4748 | this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \ |
| 4749 | } \ |
| 4750 | \ |
| 4751 | /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \ |
| 4752 | the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \ |
| 4753 | for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \ |
| 4754 | { \ |
| 4755 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 4756 | w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 4757 | x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \ |
| 4758 | s->cmp = cmp; \ |
| 4759 | s->gidx = n; \ |
| 4760 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 4761 | \ |
| 4762 | if (n == 0) \ |
| 4763 | first_s = s; \ |
| 4764 | \ |
| 4765 | n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 4766 | } \ |
| 4767 | \ |
| 4768 | ++START; \ |
| 4769 | s = first_s; \ |
| 4770 | } while (0) |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 | /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs |
| 4774 | of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END. |
| 4775 | HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is |
| 4776 | DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end |
| 4777 | x-positions of the drawing area. |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca |
| 4780 | to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called |
| 4781 | asynchronously). */ |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 4784 | do \ |
| 4785 | { \ |
| 4786 | HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \ |
| 4787 | while (START < END) \ |
| 4788 | { \ |
| 4789 | struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \ |
| 4790 | switch (first_glyph->type) \ |
| 4791 | { \ |
| 4792 | case CHAR_GLYPH: \ |
| 4793 | BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \ |
| 4794 | HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \ |
| 4795 | OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 4796 | break; \ |
| 4797 | \ |
| 4798 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \ |
| 4799 | BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \ |
| 4800 | END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \ |
| 4801 | LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 4802 | break; \ |
| 4803 | \ |
| 4804 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: \ |
| 4805 | BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\ |
| 4806 | HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \ |
| 4807 | break; \ |
| 4808 | \ |
| 4809 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: \ |
| 4810 | BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \ |
| 4811 | HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \ |
| 4812 | break; \ |
| 4813 | \ |
| 4814 | default: \ |
| 4815 | abort (); \ |
| 4816 | } \ |
| 4817 | \ |
| 4818 | x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \ |
| 4819 | (X) += s->width; \ |
| 4820 | } \ |
| 4821 | } \ |
| 4822 | while (0) |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W, |
| 4826 | starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a |
| 4827 | face-override with the following meaning: |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally |
| 4830 | DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face |
| 4831 | DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face. |
| 4832 | DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face |
| 4833 | DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it |
| 4834 | DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting |
| 4837 | position for display. This can be different from START in case |
| 4838 | overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null, |
| 4839 | return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be |
| 4840 | different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed. |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters |
| 4843 | and clip to the physical height of ROW. |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 | Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */ |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 | static int |
| 4848 | x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, real_start, real_end, |
| 4849 | overlaps_p) |
| 4850 | struct window *w; |
| 4851 | int x; |
| 4852 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4853 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 4854 | int start, end; |
| 4855 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 4856 | int *real_start, *real_end; |
| 4857 | int overlaps_p; |
| 4858 | { |
| 4859 | struct glyph_string *head, *tail; |
| 4860 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4861 | int last_x, area_width; |
| 4862 | int x_reached; |
| 4863 | int i, j; |
| 4864 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */ |
| 4867 | end = min (end, row->used[area]); |
| 4868 | start = max (0, start); |
| 4869 | start = min (end, start); |
| 4870 | if (real_start) |
| 4871 | *real_start = start; |
| 4872 | if (real_end) |
| 4873 | *real_end = end; |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right |
| 4876 | end of the drawing area. */ |
| 4877 | if (row->full_width_p) |
| 4878 | { |
| 4879 | /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars |
| 4880 | or flag areas. */ |
| 4881 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 4882 | /* int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); */ |
| 4883 | int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 | x += window_left_x; |
| 4886 | area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 4887 | last_x = window_left_x + area_width; |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 4890 | { |
| 4891 | int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 4892 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 4893 | last_x += width; |
| 4894 | else |
| 4895 | x -= width; |
| 4896 | } |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 | x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 4899 | last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 4900 | } |
| 4901 | else |
| 4902 | { |
| 4903 | x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x); |
| 4904 | area_width = window_box_width (w, area); |
| 4905 | last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width); |
| 4906 | } |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between |
| 4909 | head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro |
| 4910 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's |
| 4911 | the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */ |
| 4912 | i = start; |
| 4913 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x, |
| 4914 | overlaps_p); |
| 4915 | if (tail) |
| 4916 | x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width; |
| 4917 | else |
| 4918 | x_reached = x; |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in |
| 4921 | the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph |
| 4922 | strings built above. */ |
| 4923 | if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p) |
| 4924 | { |
| 4925 | int dummy_x = 0; |
| 4926 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 4927 | |
| 4928 | /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */ |
| 4929 | for (s = head; s; s = s->next) |
| 4930 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 | /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph |
| 4933 | string that are overwritten because of the first glyph |
| 4934 | string's left overhang. The background of all strings |
| 4935 | prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string |
| 4936 | draws over it. */ |
| 4937 | i = x_left_overwritten (head); |
| 4938 | if (i >= 0) |
| 4939 | { |
| 4940 | j = i; |
| 4941 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, j, start, h, t, |
| 4942 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x, |
| 4943 | overlaps_p); |
| 4944 | start = i; |
| 4945 | if (real_start) |
| 4946 | *real_start = start; |
| 4947 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1); |
| 4948 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 4949 | } |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 | /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph |
| 4952 | string that overwrite that glyph string because of their |
| 4953 | right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must |
| 4954 | be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'. |
| 4955 | The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite |
| 4956 | right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph |
| 4957 | strings exist. */ |
| 4958 | i = x_left_overwriting (head); |
| 4959 | if (i >= 0) |
| 4960 | { |
| 4961 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, start, h, t, |
| 4962 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x, |
| 4963 | overlaps_p); |
| 4964 | for (s = h; s; s = s->next) |
| 4965 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4966 | if (real_start) |
| 4967 | *real_start = i; |
| 4968 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1); |
| 4969 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 4970 | } |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph |
| 4973 | string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of |
| 4974 | these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws |
| 4975 | over it. */ |
| 4976 | i = x_right_overwritten (tail); |
| 4977 | if (i >= 0) |
| 4978 | { |
| 4979 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t, |
| 4980 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x, |
| 4981 | overlaps_p); |
| 4982 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0); |
| 4983 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 4984 | if (real_end) |
| 4985 | *real_end = i; |
| 4986 | } |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 | /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph |
| 4989 | string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such |
| 4990 | glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background |
| 4991 | of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could |
| 4992 | paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */ |
| 4993 | i = x_right_overwriting (tail); |
| 4994 | if (i >= 0) |
| 4995 | { |
| 4996 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t, |
| 4997 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x, |
| 4998 | overlaps_p); |
| 4999 | for (s = h; s; s = s->next) |
| 5000 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 5001 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0); |
| 5002 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 5003 | if (real_end) |
| 5004 | *real_end = i; |
| 5005 | } |
| 5006 | } |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | /* Draw all strings. */ |
| 5009 | for (s = head; s; s = s->next) |
| 5010 | x_draw_glyph_string (s); |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 | /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W. |
| 5013 | This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */ |
| 5014 | x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached); |
| 5015 | if (!row->full_width_p) |
| 5016 | { |
| 5017 | if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5018 | x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5019 | if (area > TEXT_AREA) |
| 5020 | x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA); |
| 5021 | } |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), hdc); |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | return x_reached; |
| 5026 | } |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 | /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */ |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | static void |
| 5032 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area) |
| 5033 | struct window *w; |
| 5034 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5035 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 5036 | { |
| 5037 | int i, x; |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5042 | x = 0; |
| 5043 | else if (area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 5044 | x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5045 | else |
| 5046 | x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5047 | + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 | for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];) |
| 5050 | { |
| 5051 | if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p) |
| 5052 | { |
| 5053 | int start = i, start_x = x; |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | do |
| 5056 | { |
| 5057 | x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width; |
| 5058 | ++i; |
| 5059 | } |
| 5060 | while (i < row->used[area] |
| 5061 | && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p); |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i, |
| 5064 | (row->inverse_p |
| 5065 | ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT), |
| 5066 | NULL, NULL, 1); |
| 5067 | } |
| 5068 | else |
| 5069 | { |
| 5070 | x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width; |
| 5071 | ++i; |
| 5072 | } |
| 5073 | } |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5076 | } |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position. |
| 5080 | Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable |
| 5081 | updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is |
| 5082 | the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that |
| 5083 | row being updated. */ |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | static void |
| 5086 | x_write_glyphs (start, len) |
| 5087 | struct glyph *start; |
| 5088 | int len; |
| 5089 | { |
| 5090 | int x, hpos, real_start, real_end; |
| 5091 | |
| 5092 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5093 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | /* Write glyphs. */ |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area]; |
| 5098 | x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x, |
| 5099 | updated_row, updated_area, |
| 5100 | hpos, hpos + len, |
| 5101 | (updated_row->inverse_p |
| 5102 | ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT), |
| 5103 | &real_start, &real_end, 0); |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */ |
| 5106 | note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window, real_start, |
| 5107 | real_end - real_start); |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | /* Advance the output cursor. */ |
| 5112 | output_cursor.hpos += len; |
| 5113 | output_cursor.x = x; |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */ |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 | static void |
| 5120 | x_insert_glyphs (start, len) |
| 5121 | struct glyph *start; |
| 5122 | register int len; |
| 5123 | { |
| 5124 | struct frame *f; |
| 5125 | struct window *w; |
| 5126 | int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width; |
| 5127 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5128 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 5129 | int frame_x, frame_y, hpos, real_start, real_end; |
| 5130 | HDC hdc; |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5133 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5134 | w = updated_window; |
| 5135 | f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 5136 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | /* Get the height of the line we are in. */ |
| 5139 | row = updated_row; |
| 5140 | line_height = row->height; |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 | /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */ |
| 5143 | shift_by_width = 0; |
| 5144 | for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph) |
| 5145 | shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */ |
| 5148 | shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area) |
| 5149 | - output_cursor.x |
| 5150 | - shift_by_width); |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 | /* Shift right. */ |
| 5153 | frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, output_cursor.x); |
| 5154 | frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y); |
| 5155 | BitBlt (hdc, frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y, |
| 5156 | shifted_region_width, line_height, |
| 5157 | hdc, frame_x, frame_y, SRCCOPY); |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | /* Write the glyphs. */ |
| 5160 | hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area]; |
| 5161 | x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len, |
| 5162 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, &real_start, &real_end, 0); |
| 5163 | note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, real_start, real_end - real_start); |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | /* Advance the output cursor. */ |
| 5166 | output_cursor.hpos += len; |
| 5167 | output_cursor.x += shift_by_width; |
| 5168 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5171 | } |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented |
| 5175 | for X frames. */ |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | static void |
| 5178 | x_delete_glyphs (n) |
| 5179 | register int n; |
| 5180 | { |
| 5181 | struct frame *f; |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | if (updating_frame) |
| 5184 | f = updating_frame; |
| 5185 | else |
| 5186 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 5189 | return; |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | abort (); |
| 5192 | } |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position |
| 5196 | (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that |
| 5197 | everything from TO_X onward is already erased. |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of |
| 5200 | updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */ |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 | static void |
| 5203 | x_clear_end_of_line (to_x) |
| 5204 | int to_x; |
| 5205 | { |
| 5206 | struct frame *f; |
| 5207 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 5208 | int max_x, min_y, max_y; |
| 5209 | int from_x, from_y, to_y; |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5212 | f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | if (updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5215 | { |
| 5216 | max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5217 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
| 5218 | && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 5219 | max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5220 | } |
| 5221 | else |
| 5222 | max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area); |
| 5223 | max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 | /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end |
| 5226 | of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */ |
| 5227 | if (to_x == 0) |
| 5228 | return; |
| 5229 | else if (to_x < 0) |
| 5230 | to_x = max_x; |
| 5231 | else |
| 5232 | to_x = min (to_x, max_x); |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height); |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 | /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */ |
| 5237 | if (!updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5238 | note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, output_cursor.hpos, -1); |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 | from_x = output_cursor.x; |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 | /* Translate to frame coordinates. */ |
| 5243 | if (updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5244 | { |
| 5245 | from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x); |
| 5246 | to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x); |
| 5247 | } |
| 5248 | else |
| 5249 | { |
| 5250 | from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x); |
| 5251 | to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x); |
| 5252 | } |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 5255 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y)); |
| 5256 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y); |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */ |
| 5259 | if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y) |
| 5260 | { |
| 5261 | HDC hdc; |
| 5262 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5263 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y); |
| 5266 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 5267 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5268 | } |
| 5269 | } |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that |
| 5273 | frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */ |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | static void |
| 5276 | x_clear_frame () |
| 5277 | { |
| 5278 | struct frame *f; |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 | if (updating_frame) |
| 5281 | f = updating_frame; |
| 5282 | else |
| 5283 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 5286 | return; |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no |
| 5289 | longer visible. */ |
| 5290 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
| 5291 | output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0; |
| 5292 | output_cursor.x = -1; |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always |
| 5295 | follow an explicit cursor_to. */ |
| 5296 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 | w32_clear_window (f); |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed |
| 5301 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ |
| 5302 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5305 | } |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | \f |
| 5308 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 | static void |
| 5311 | w32_ring_bell (void) |
| 5312 | { |
| 5313 | struct frame *f; |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 5318 | return; |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 | if (visible_bell) |
| 5323 | { |
| 5324 | int i; |
| 5325 | HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()); |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 | for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) |
| 5328 | { |
| 5329 | FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE); |
| 5330 | Sleep (10); |
| 5331 | } |
| 5332 | FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE); |
| 5333 | } |
| 5334 | else |
| 5335 | w32_sys_ring_bell (); |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5338 | } |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | \f |
| 5341 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, |
| 5342 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. |
| 5343 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update |
| 5344 | that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */ |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | static void |
| 5347 | w32_set_terminal_window (n) |
| 5348 | register int n; |
| 5349 | { |
| 5350 | /* This function intentionally left blank. */ |
| 5351 | } |
| 5352 | \f |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | \f |
| 5355 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5356 | Line Dance |
| 5357 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N |
| 5360 | lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | static void |
| 5363 | x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
| 5364 | int vpos, n; |
| 5365 | { |
| 5366 | struct frame *f; |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | if (updating_frame) |
| 5369 | f = updating_frame; |
| 5370 | else |
| 5371 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 5374 | return; |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | abort (); |
| 5377 | } |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */ |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | static void |
| 5383 | x_scroll_run (w, run) |
| 5384 | struct window *w; |
| 5385 | struct run *run; |
| 5386 | { |
| 5387 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5388 | int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y; |
| 5389 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 | /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W, |
| 5392 | without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the |
| 5393 | left and right of W. */ |
| 5394 | window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height); |
| 5395 | width += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 5396 | x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y); |
| 5399 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y); |
| 5400 | bottom_y = y + height; |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | if (to_y < from_y) |
| 5403 | { |
| 5404 | /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode |
| 5405 | line at the bottom. */ |
| 5406 | if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 5407 | height = bottom_y - from_y; |
| 5408 | else |
| 5409 | height = run->height; |
| 5410 | } |
| 5411 | else |
| 5412 | { |
| 5413 | /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line. |
| 5414 | at the bottom. */ |
| 5415 | if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 5416 | height = bottom_y - to_y; |
| 5417 | else |
| 5418 | height = run->height; |
| 5419 | } |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */ |
| 5424 | updated_window = w; |
| 5425 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | BitBlt (hdc, x, to_y, width, height, hdc, x, from_y, SRCCOPY); |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5430 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 5431 | } |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | \f |
| 5435 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5436 | Exposure Events |
| 5437 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 | /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left |
| 5440 | corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of |
| 5441 | the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw |
| 5442 | the entire frame. */ |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | static void |
| 5445 | expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h) |
| 5446 | struct frame *f; |
| 5447 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 5448 | { |
| 5449 | RECT r; |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame ")); |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */ |
| 5454 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 5455 | { |
| 5456 | TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n")); |
| 5457 | return; |
| 5458 | } |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in |
| 5461 | trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose |
| 5462 | event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */ |
| 5463 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL |
| 5464 | || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 5465 | { |
| 5466 | TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n")); |
| 5467 | return; |
| 5468 | } |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | if (w == 0 || h == 0) |
| 5471 | { |
| 5472 | r.left = r.top = 0; |
| 5473 | r.right = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width; |
| 5474 | r.bottom = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height; |
| 5475 | } |
| 5476 | else |
| 5477 | { |
| 5478 | r.left = x; |
| 5479 | r.top = y; |
| 5480 | r.right = x + w; |
| 5481 | r.bottom = y + h; |
| 5482 | } |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 | TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom)); |
| 5485 | expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r); |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 5488 | { |
| 5489 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 5490 | RECT window_rect; |
| 5491 | RECT intersection_rect; |
| 5492 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 5495 | window_rect.left = window_x; |
| 5496 | window_rect.top = window_y; |
| 5497 | window_rect.right = window_x + window_width; |
| 5498 | window_rect.bottom = window_y + window_height; |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 | if (IntersectRect (&intersection_rect, &r, &window_rect)) |
| 5501 | expose_window (w, &intersection_rect); |
| 5502 | } |
| 5503 | } |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that |
| 5507 | intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */ |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | static void |
| 5510 | expose_window_tree (w, r) |
| 5511 | struct window *w; |
| 5512 | RECT *r; |
| 5513 | { |
| 5514 | while (w) |
| 5515 | { |
| 5516 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 5517 | expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r); |
| 5518 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
| 5519 | expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r); |
| 5520 | else |
| 5521 | { |
| 5522 | RECT window_rect; |
| 5523 | RECT intersection_rect; |
| 5524 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5525 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 5526 | |
| 5527 | /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */ |
| 5528 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, |
| 5529 | &window_height); |
| 5530 | window_rect.left |
| 5531 | = (window_x |
| 5532 | - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 5533 | - FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)); |
| 5534 | window_rect.top = window_y; |
| 5535 | window_rect.right = window_rect.left |
| 5536 | + (window_width |
| 5537 | + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 5538 | + FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)); |
| 5539 | window_rect.bottom = window_rect.top |
| 5540 | + window_height + CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 | if (IntersectRect (&intersection_rect, r, &window_rect)) |
| 5543 | expose_window (w, &intersection_rect); |
| 5544 | } |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
| 5547 | } |
| 5548 | } |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W |
| 5552 | which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */ |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 | static void |
| 5555 | expose_area (w, row, r, area) |
| 5556 | struct window *w; |
| 5557 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5558 | RECT *r; |
| 5559 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 5560 | { |
| 5561 | struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area]; |
| 5562 | struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; |
| 5563 | struct glyph *last; |
| 5564 | int first_x, start_x, x; |
| 5565 | |
| 5566 | if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p) |
| 5567 | /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */ |
| 5568 | x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, area, |
| 5569 | 0, row->used[area], |
| 5570 | row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 5571 | NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 5572 | else |
| 5573 | { |
| 5574 | /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of |
| 5575 | AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible. |
| 5576 | The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */ |
| 5577 | if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5578 | start_x = 0; |
| 5579 | else if (area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 5580 | start_x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5581 | else |
| 5582 | start_x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5583 | + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
| 5584 | x = start_x; |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */ |
| 5587 | while (first < end |
| 5588 | && x + first->pixel_width < r->left) |
| 5589 | { |
| 5590 | x += first->pixel_width; |
| 5591 | ++first; |
| 5592 | } |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 | /* Find the last one. */ |
| 5595 | last = first; |
| 5596 | first_x = x; |
| 5597 | while (last < end |
| 5598 | && x < r->right) |
| 5599 | { |
| 5600 | x += last->pixel_width; |
| 5601 | ++last; |
| 5602 | } |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | /* Repaint. */ |
| 5605 | if (last > first) |
| 5606 | x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x - start_x, row, area, |
| 5607 | first - row->glyphs[area], |
| 5608 | last - row->glyphs[area], |
| 5609 | row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 5610 | NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 5611 | } |
| 5612 | } |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting |
| 5616 | rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */ |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 | static void |
| 5619 | expose_line (w, row, r) |
| 5620 | struct window *w; |
| 5621 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5622 | RECT *r; |
| 5623 | { |
| 5624 | xassert (row->enabled_p); |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 5627 | x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA], |
| 5628 | row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 5629 | NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 5630 | else |
| 5631 | { |
| 5632 | if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
| 5633 | expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5634 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 5635 | expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA); |
| 5636 | if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
| 5637 | expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5638 | x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row); |
| 5639 | } |
| 5640 | } |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | |
| 5643 | /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */ |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 | static int |
| 5646 | x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r) |
| 5647 | struct window *w; |
| 5648 | RECT *r; |
| 5649 | { |
| 5650 | RECT cr, result; |
| 5651 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 5654 | if (cursor_glyph) |
| 5655 | { |
| 5656 | cr.left = w->phys_cursor.x; |
| 5657 | cr.top = w->phys_cursor.y; |
| 5658 | cr.right = cr.left + cursor_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5659 | cr.bottom = cr.top + w->phys_cursor_height; |
| 5660 | return IntersectRect (&result, &cr, r); |
| 5661 | } |
| 5662 | else |
| 5663 | return 0; |
| 5664 | } |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 | /* Redraw a rectangle of window W. R is a rectangle in window |
| 5668 | relative coordinates. Call this function with input blocked. */ |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 | static void |
| 5671 | expose_window (w, r) |
| 5672 | struct window *w; |
| 5673 | RECT *r; |
| 5674 | { |
| 5675 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5676 | int y; |
| 5677 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 5678 | int cursor_cleared_p; |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 | /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can |
| 5681 | happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split. |
| 5682 | Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly |
| 5683 | created window. */ |
| 5684 | if (w->current_matrix == NULL || w == updated_window) |
| 5685 | return; |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", |
| 5688 | r->left, r->top, r->right, r->bottom)); |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 | /* Convert to window coordinates. */ |
| 5691 | r->left = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->left); |
| 5692 | r->top = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->top); |
| 5693 | r->right = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->right); |
| 5694 | r->bottom = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->bottom); |
| 5695 | |
| 5696 | /* Turn off the cursor. */ |
| 5697 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p |
| 5698 | && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)) |
| 5699 | { |
| 5700 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 5701 | cursor_cleared_p = 1; |
| 5702 | } |
| 5703 | else |
| 5704 | cursor_cleared_p = 0; |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */ |
| 5707 | row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
| 5708 | y = 0; |
| 5709 | while (row->enabled_p |
| 5710 | && y < yb |
| 5711 | && y + row->height < r->top) |
| 5712 | { |
| 5713 | y += row->height; |
| 5714 | ++row; |
| 5715 | } |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */ |
| 5718 | while (row->enabled_p |
| 5719 | && y < yb |
| 5720 | && y < r->bottom) |
| 5721 | { |
| 5722 | expose_line (w, row, r); |
| 5723 | y += row->height; |
| 5724 | ++row; |
| 5725 | } |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | /* Display the mode line if there is one. */ |
| 5728 | if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w) |
| 5729 | && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix), |
| 5730 | row->enabled_p) |
| 5731 | && row->y < r->bottom) |
| 5732 | expose_line (w, row, r); |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 5735 | { |
| 5736 | /* Draw border between windows. */ |
| 5737 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | /* Turn the cursor on again. */ |
| 5740 | if (cursor_cleared_p) |
| 5741 | x_update_window_cursor (w, 1); |
| 5742 | } |
| 5743 | } |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | \f |
| 5746 | static void |
| 5747 | frame_highlight (f) |
| 5748 | struct frame *f; |
| 5749 | { |
| 5750 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 5751 | } |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | static void |
| 5754 | frame_unhighlight (f) |
| 5755 | struct frame *f; |
| 5756 | { |
| 5757 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 5758 | } |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
| 5761 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame |
| 5762 | here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
| 5763 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
| 5764 | Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | static void |
| 5767 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) |
| 5768 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 5769 | struct frame *frame; |
| 5770 | { |
| 5771 | struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 5774 | { |
| 5775 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
| 5776 | the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */ |
| 5777 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame; |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) |
| 5780 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
| 5783 | pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 5784 | else |
| 5785 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 5786 | } |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); |
| 5789 | } |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 | /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | void |
| 5794 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) |
| 5795 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 5796 | { |
| 5797 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame); |
| 5798 | } |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
| 5801 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate |
| 5802 | mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. |
| 5803 | |
| 5804 | The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which |
| 5805 | frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find |
| 5806 | the appropriate X display info. */ |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 | static void |
| 5809 | w32_frame_rehighlight (frame) |
| 5810 | struct frame *frame; |
| 5811 | { |
| 5812 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame)) |
| 5813 | return; |
| 5814 | x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); |
| 5815 | } |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | static void |
| 5818 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) |
| 5819 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 5820 | { |
| 5821 | struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame; |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 5824 | { |
| 5825 | dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame |
| 5826 | = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))) |
| 5827 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)) |
| 5828 | : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame); |
| 5829 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)) |
| 5830 | { |
| 5831 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil; |
| 5832 | dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 5833 | } |
| 5834 | } |
| 5835 | else |
| 5836 | dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5837 | |
| 5838 | if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
| 5839 | { |
| 5840 | if (old_highlight) |
| 5841 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
| 5842 | if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame) |
| 5843 | frame_highlight (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame); |
| 5844 | } |
| 5845 | } |
| 5846 | \f |
| 5847 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */ |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ |
| 5850 | |
| 5851 | char * |
| 5852 | x_get_keysym_name (keysym) |
| 5853 | int keysym; |
| 5854 | { |
| 5855 | /* Make static so we can always return it */ |
| 5856 | static char value[100]; |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5859 | GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100); |
| 5860 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | return value; |
| 5863 | } |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | \f |
| 5867 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph |
| 5870 | co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the |
| 5871 | glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do |
| 5872 | not force the value into range. */ |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | void |
| 5875 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) |
| 5876 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 5877 | register int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 5878 | register int *x, *y; |
| 5879 | RECT *bounds; |
| 5880 | int noclip; |
| 5881 | { |
| 5882 | /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */ |
| 5883 | if (NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
| 5884 | { |
| 5885 | *x = pix_x; |
| 5886 | *y = pix_y; |
| 5887 | return; |
| 5888 | } |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down |
| 5891 | even for negative values. */ |
| 5892 | if (pix_x < 0) |
| 5893 | pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1; |
| 5894 | if (pix_y < 0) |
| 5895 | pix_y -= (f)->output_data.w32->line_height - 1; |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x); |
| 5898 | pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y); |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | if (bounds) |
| 5901 | { |
| 5902 | bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x); |
| 5903 | bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y); |
| 5904 | bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1; |
| 5905 | bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1; |
| 5906 | } |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | if (!noclip) |
| 5909 | { |
| 5910 | if (pix_x < 0) |
| 5911 | pix_x = 0; |
| 5912 | else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
| 5913 | pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f); |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | if (pix_y < 0) |
| 5916 | pix_y = 0; |
| 5917 | else if (pix_y > f->height) |
| 5918 | pix_y = f->height; |
| 5919 | } |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | *x = pix_x; |
| 5922 | *y = pix_y; |
| 5923 | } |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 | |
| 5926 | /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding |
| 5927 | frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we |
| 5928 | can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date, |
| 5929 | return 0. */ |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | int |
| 5932 | glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y) |
| 5933 | struct window *w; |
| 5934 | int hpos, vpos; |
| 5935 | int *frame_x, *frame_y; |
| 5936 | { |
| 5937 | int success_p; |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w); |
| 5940 | xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h); |
| 5941 | |
| 5942 | if (display_completed) |
| 5943 | { |
| 5944 | struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 5945 | struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 5946 | struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]); |
| 5947 | |
| 5948 | *frame_y = row->y; |
| 5949 | *frame_x = row->x; |
| 5950 | while (glyph < end) |
| 5951 | { |
| 5952 | *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5953 | ++glyph; |
| 5954 | } |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | success_p = 1; |
| 5957 | } |
| 5958 | else |
| 5959 | { |
| 5960 | *frame_y = *frame_x = 0; |
| 5961 | success_p = 0; |
| 5962 | } |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 | *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y); |
| 5965 | *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x); |
| 5966 | return success_p; |
| 5967 | } |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | BOOL |
| 5970 | parse_button (message, pbutton, pup) |
| 5971 | int message; |
| 5972 | int * pbutton; |
| 5973 | int * pup; |
| 5974 | { |
| 5975 | int button = 0; |
| 5976 | int up = 0; |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | switch (message) |
| 5979 | { |
| 5980 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
| 5981 | button = 0; |
| 5982 | up = 0; |
| 5983 | break; |
| 5984 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: |
| 5985 | button = 0; |
| 5986 | up = 1; |
| 5987 | break; |
| 5988 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: |
| 5989 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 5990 | button = 1; |
| 5991 | else |
| 5992 | button = 2; |
| 5993 | up = 0; |
| 5994 | break; |
| 5995 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: |
| 5996 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 5997 | button = 1; |
| 5998 | else |
| 5999 | button = 2; |
| 6000 | up = 1; |
| 6001 | break; |
| 6002 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: |
| 6003 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 6004 | button = 2; |
| 6005 | else |
| 6006 | button = 1; |
| 6007 | up = 0; |
| 6008 | break; |
| 6009 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: |
| 6010 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 6011 | button = 2; |
| 6012 | else |
| 6013 | button = 1; |
| 6014 | up = 1; |
| 6015 | break; |
| 6016 | default: |
| 6017 | return (FALSE); |
| 6018 | } |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 | if (pup) *pup = up; |
| 6021 | if (pbutton) *pbutton = button; |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 | return (TRUE); |
| 6024 | } |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | |
| 6027 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed |
| 6030 | the mouse. */ |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 | static Lisp_Object |
| 6033 | construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f) |
| 6034 | struct input_event *result; |
| 6035 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 6036 | struct frame *f; |
| 6037 | { |
| 6038 | int button; |
| 6039 | int up; |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up); |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide |
| 6044 | otherwise. */ |
| 6045 | result->kind = mouse_click; |
| 6046 | result->code = button; |
| 6047 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 6048 | result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers |
| 6049 | | (up |
| 6050 | ? up_modifier |
| 6051 | : down_modifier)); |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam)); |
| 6054 | XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam)); |
| 6055 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6056 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 6057 | return Qnil; |
| 6058 | } |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 | static Lisp_Object |
| 6061 | construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f) |
| 6062 | struct input_event *result; |
| 6063 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 6064 | struct frame *f; |
| 6065 | { |
| 6066 | POINT p; |
| 6067 | result->kind = mouse_wheel; |
| 6068 | result->code = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam); |
| 6069 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 6070 | result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
| 6071 | p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 6072 | p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 6073 | ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p); |
| 6074 | XSETINT (result->x, p.x); |
| 6075 | XSETINT (result->y, p.y); |
| 6076 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6077 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 6078 | return Qnil; |
| 6079 | } |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | static Lisp_Object |
| 6082 | construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f) |
| 6083 | struct input_event *result; |
| 6084 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 6085 | struct frame *f; |
| 6086 | { |
| 6087 | Lisp_Object files; |
| 6088 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 6089 | HDROP hdrop; |
| 6090 | POINT p; |
| 6091 | WORD num_files; |
| 6092 | char *name; |
| 6093 | int i, len; |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 | result->kind = drag_n_drop; |
| 6096 | result->code = 0; |
| 6097 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 6098 | result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam; |
| 6101 | DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p); |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 | #if 0 |
| 6104 | p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 6105 | p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 6106 | ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p); |
| 6107 | #endif |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 | XSETINT (result->x, p.x); |
| 6110 | XSETINT (result->y, p.y); |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 | num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0); |
| 6113 | files = Qnil; |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 | for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++) |
| 6116 | { |
| 6117 | len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0); |
| 6118 | if (len <= 0) |
| 6119 | continue; |
| 6120 | name = alloca (len + 1); |
| 6121 | DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1); |
| 6122 | files = Fcons (build_string (name), files); |
| 6123 | } |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 | DragFinish (hdrop); |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 6128 | result->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, files); |
| 6129 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 6130 | return Qnil; |
| 6131 | } |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 | \f |
| 6134 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
| 6135 | The input handler calls this. |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. |
| 6138 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell |
| 6139 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for |
| 6140 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | static MSG last_mouse_motion_event; |
| 6143 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame; |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | static void |
| 6146 | note_mouse_movement (frame, msg) |
| 6147 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 6148 | MSG *msg; |
| 6149 | { |
| 6150 | last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time; |
| 6151 | memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event)); |
| 6152 | XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame); |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 | if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame)) |
| 6155 | { |
| 6156 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 6157 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6158 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); |
| 6159 | } |
| 6160 | |
| 6161 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
| 6162 | else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left |
| 6163 | || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right |
| 6164 | || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.top |
| 6165 | || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom) |
| 6166 | { |
| 6167 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 6168 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6169 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam)); |
| 6170 | } |
| 6171 | } |
| 6172 | |
| 6173 | /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 | int disable_mouse_highlight; |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | \f |
| 6179 | /************************************************************************ |
| 6180 | Mouse Face |
| 6181 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W. |
| 6184 | Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay |
| 6185 | strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of |
| 6186 | the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X. |
| 6187 | Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on |
| 6188 | text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to |
| 6189 | date. */ |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | static struct glyph * |
| 6192 | x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area) |
| 6193 | struct window *w; |
| 6194 | int x, y; |
| 6195 | int *hpos, *vpos, *area; |
| 6196 | { |
| 6197 | struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
| 6198 | struct glyph_row *row = NULL; |
| 6199 | int x0, i, left_area_width; |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 | /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */ |
| 6202 | for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 6203 | { |
| 6204 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
| 6205 | if (!row->enabled_p) |
| 6206 | return NULL; |
| 6207 | if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
| 6208 | break; |
| 6209 | } |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 | *vpos = i; |
| 6212 | *hpos = 0; |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */ |
| 6215 | if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows) |
| 6216 | return NULL; |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | /* Get the glyph area containing X. */ |
| 6219 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6220 | { |
| 6221 | *area = TEXT_AREA; |
| 6222 | x0 = 0; |
| 6223 | } |
| 6224 | else |
| 6225 | { |
| 6226 | left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 6227 | if (x < left_area_width) |
| 6228 | { |
| 6229 | *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
| 6230 | x0 = 0; |
| 6231 | } |
| 6232 | else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)) |
| 6233 | { |
| 6234 | *area = TEXT_AREA; |
| 6235 | x0 = row->x + left_area_width; |
| 6236 | } |
| 6237 | else |
| 6238 | { |
| 6239 | *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
| 6240 | x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA); |
| 6241 | } |
| 6242 | } |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | /* Find glyph containing X. */ |
| 6245 | glyph = row->glyphs[*area]; |
| 6246 | end = glyph + row->used[*area]; |
| 6247 | while (glyph < end) |
| 6248 | { |
| 6249 | if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) |
| 6250 | { |
| 6251 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6252 | break; |
| 6253 | else if (BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
| 6254 | break; |
| 6255 | } |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 | x0 += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6258 | ++glyph; |
| 6259 | } |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | if (glyph == end) |
| 6262 | return NULL; |
| 6263 | |
| 6264 | *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area]; |
| 6265 | return glyph; |
| 6266 | } |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W. |
| 6270 | Takes pseudo-windows into account. */ |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | static void |
| 6273 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y) |
| 6274 | struct window *w; |
| 6275 | int *x, *y; |
| 6276 | { |
| 6277 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6278 | { |
| 6279 | /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the |
| 6280 | left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */ |
| 6281 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 6282 | *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f); |
| 6283 | *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y); |
| 6284 | } |
| 6285 | else |
| 6286 | { |
| 6287 | *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x); |
| 6288 | *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y); |
| 6289 | } |
| 6290 | } |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 | /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of |
| 6294 | window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the |
| 6295 | mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of |
| 6296 | W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted |
| 6297 | to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */ |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | static void |
| 6300 | note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p) |
| 6301 | struct window *w; |
| 6302 | int x, mode_line_p; |
| 6303 | { |
| 6304 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 6305 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6306 | Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; |
| 6307 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 | if (mode_line_p) |
| 6310 | row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 6311 | else |
| 6312 | row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | if (row->enabled_p) |
| 6315 | { |
| 6316 | struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
| 6317 | Lisp_Object help, map; |
| 6318 | int x0; |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | /* Find the glyph under X. */ |
| 6321 | glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 6322 | end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 6323 | x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f) |
| 6324 | + FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)); |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 | while (glyph < end |
| 6327 | && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width) |
| 6328 | { |
| 6329 | x0 += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6330 | ++glyph; |
| 6331 | } |
| 6332 | |
| 6333 | if (glyph < end |
| 6334 | && STRINGP (glyph->object) |
| 6335 | && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals |
| 6336 | && glyph->charpos >= 0 |
| 6337 | && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size) |
| 6338 | { |
| 6339 | /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, |
| 6340 | arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by |
| 6341 | setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */ |
| 6342 | help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 6343 | Qhelp_echo, glyph->object); |
| 6344 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 6345 | { |
| 6346 | help_echo = help; |
| 6347 | XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w); |
| 6348 | help_echo_object = glyph->object; |
| 6349 | help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos; |
| 6350 | } |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */ |
| 6353 | map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 6354 | Qlocal_map, glyph->object); |
| 6355 | if (KEYMAPP (map)) |
| 6356 | cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor; |
| 6357 | else |
| 6358 | { |
| 6359 | map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 6360 | Qkeymap, glyph->object); |
| 6361 | if (KEYMAPP (map)) |
| 6362 | cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor; |
| 6363 | } |
| 6364 | } |
| 6365 | } |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */ |
| 6368 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor); |
| 6369 | #endif |
| 6370 | } |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on |
| 6374 | frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face |
| 6375 | properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before. |
| 6376 | X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ |
| 6377 | |
| 6378 | static void |
| 6379 | note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) |
| 6380 | struct frame *f; |
| 6381 | int x, y; |
| 6382 | { |
| 6383 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6384 | int portion; |
| 6385 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 6386 | struct window *w; |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */ |
| 6389 | if (popup_activated ()) |
| 6390 | return; |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | if (disable_mouse_highlight |
| 6393 | || !f->glyphs_initialized_p) |
| 6394 | return; |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x; |
| 6397 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y; |
| 6398 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer) |
| 6401 | return; |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 | if (gc_in_progress) |
| 6404 | { |
| 6405 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; |
| 6406 | return; |
| 6407 | } |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | /* Which window is that in? */ |
| 6410 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1); |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 | /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ |
| 6413 | if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 6414 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | /* Not on a window -> return. */ |
| 6417 | if (!WINDOWP (window)) |
| 6418 | return; |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 | /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */ |
| 6421 | w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 6422 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); |
| 6423 | |
| 6424 | /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a |
| 6425 | buffer. */ |
| 6426 | if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 6427 | { |
| 6428 | note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y); |
| 6429 | return; |
| 6430 | } |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 | if (portion == 1 || portion == 3) |
| 6433 | { |
| 6434 | /* Mouse is on the mode or top line. */ |
| 6435 | note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1); |
| 6436 | return; |
| 6437 | } |
| 6438 | #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */ |
| 6439 | else if (portion == 2) |
| 6440 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 6441 | f->output_data.x->horizontal_drag_cursor); |
| 6442 | else |
| 6443 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 6444 | f->output_data.x->text_cursor); |
| 6445 | #endif |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? |
| 6448 | And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ |
| 6449 | if (/* Within text portion of the window. */ |
| 6450 | portion == 0 |
| 6451 | && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) |
| 6452 | && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) |
| 6453 | && (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) |
| 6454 | == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))) |
| 6455 | { |
| 6456 | int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area; |
| 6457 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */ |
| 6460 | glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area); |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 | /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */ |
| 6463 | if (glyph == NULL |
| 6464 | || area != TEXT_AREA |
| 6465 | || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p) |
| 6466 | { |
| 6467 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6468 | return; |
| 6469 | } |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 | pos = glyph->charpos; |
| 6472 | xassert (w->pseudo_window_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object)); |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 | /* Check for mouse-face and help-echo. */ |
| 6475 | { |
| 6476 | Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position; |
| 6477 | Lisp_Object *overlay_vec; |
| 6478 | int len, noverlays; |
| 6479 | struct buffer *obuf; |
| 6480 | int obegv, ozv; |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */ |
| 6483 | if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
| 6484 | return; |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for |
| 6487 | overlays_at and compute_char_face. */ |
| 6488 | obuf = current_buffer; |
| 6489 | current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); |
| 6490 | obegv = BEGV; |
| 6491 | ozv = ZV; |
| 6492 | BEGV = BEG; |
| 6493 | ZV = Z; |
| 6494 | |
| 6495 | /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */ |
| 6496 | XSETINT (position, pos); |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. |
| 6499 | Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make |
| 6500 | enough space for all, and try again. */ |
| 6501 | len = 10; |
| 6502 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); |
| 6503 | noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 6504 | if (noverlays > len) |
| 6505 | { |
| 6506 | len = noverlays; |
| 6507 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); |
| 6508 | noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0); |
| 6509 | } |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */ |
| 6512 | noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w); |
| 6513 | |
| 6514 | /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */ |
| 6515 | if (! (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 6516 | && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 6517 | && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 6518 | && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 6519 | || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) |
| 6520 | && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 6521 | || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col |
| 6522 | || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))) |
| 6523 | { |
| 6524 | /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */ |
| 6525 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */ |
| 6528 | overlay = Qnil; |
| 6529 | for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
| 6530 | { |
| 6531 | mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face); |
| 6532 | if (!NILP (mouse_face)) |
| 6533 | { |
| 6534 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; |
| 6535 | break; |
| 6536 | } |
| 6537 | } |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 | /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */ |
| 6540 | if (NILP (overlay)) |
| 6541 | mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer); |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | /* Handle the overlay case. */ |
| 6544 | if (! NILP (overlay)) |
| 6545 | { |
| 6546 | /* Find the range of text around this char that |
| 6547 | should be active. */ |
| 6548 | Lisp_Object before, after; |
| 6549 | int ignore; |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 | before = Foverlay_start (overlay); |
| 6552 | after = Foverlay_end (overlay); |
| 6553 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 6554 | fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), |
| 6555 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 6556 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, |
| 6557 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, |
| 6558 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y); |
| 6559 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end |
| 6560 | = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), |
| 6561 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 6562 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, |
| 6563 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, |
| 6564 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y); |
| 6565 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 6566 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id |
| 6567 | = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 6568 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 6571 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); |
| 6572 | } |
| 6573 | /* Handle the text property case. */ |
| 6574 | else if (! NILP (mouse_face)) |
| 6575 | { |
| 6576 | /* Find the range of text around this char that |
| 6577 | should be active. */ |
| 6578 | Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; |
| 6579 | int ignore; |
| 6580 | |
| 6581 | beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); |
| 6582 | XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) |
| 6583 | - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))); |
| 6584 | before |
| 6585 | = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), |
| 6586 | Qmouse_face, |
| 6587 | w->buffer, beginning); |
| 6588 | after |
| 6589 | = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, |
| 6590 | w->buffer, end); |
| 6591 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 6592 | fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), |
| 6593 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 6594 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, |
| 6595 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, |
| 6596 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y); |
| 6597 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end |
| 6598 | = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), |
| 6599 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 6600 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, |
| 6601 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, |
| 6602 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y); |
| 6603 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 6604 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id |
| 6605 | = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 6606 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 6609 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); |
| 6610 | } |
| 6611 | } |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 | /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */ |
| 6614 | { |
| 6615 | Lisp_Object help, overlay; |
| 6616 | |
| 6617 | /* Check overlays first. */ |
| 6618 | help = overlay = Qnil; |
| 6619 | for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i) |
| 6620 | { |
| 6621 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; |
| 6622 | help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo); |
| 6623 | } |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 6626 | { |
| 6627 | help_echo = help; |
| 6628 | help_echo_window = window; |
| 6629 | help_echo_object = overlay; |
| 6630 | help_echo_pos = pos; |
| 6631 | } |
| 6632 | else |
| 6633 | { |
| 6634 | /* Try text properties. */ |
| 6635 | if ((STRINGP (glyph->object) |
| 6636 | && glyph->charpos >= 0 |
| 6637 | && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size) |
| 6638 | || (BUFFERP (glyph->object) |
| 6639 | && glyph->charpos >= BEGV |
| 6640 | && glyph->charpos < ZV)) |
| 6641 | help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 6642 | Qhelp_echo, glyph->object); |
| 6643 | |
| 6644 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 6645 | { |
| 6646 | help_echo = help; |
| 6647 | help_echo_window = window; |
| 6648 | help_echo_object = glyph->object; |
| 6649 | help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos; |
| 6650 | } |
| 6651 | } |
| 6652 | } |
| 6653 | |
| 6654 | BEGV = obegv; |
| 6655 | ZV = ozv; |
| 6656 | current_buffer = obuf; |
| 6657 | } |
| 6658 | } |
| 6659 | } |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 | static void |
| 6662 | redo_mouse_highlight () |
| 6663 | { |
| 6664 | if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame) |
| 6665 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame))) |
| 6666 | note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame), |
| 6667 | LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam), |
| 6668 | HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam)); |
| 6669 | } |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | |
| 6672 | \f |
| 6673 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 6674 | Tool-bars |
| 6675 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 6676 | |
| 6677 | static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, |
| 6678 | struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *)); |
| 6679 | |
| 6680 | /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed |
| 6681 | or -1. */ |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | static int last_tool_bar_item; |
| 6684 | |
| 6685 | |
| 6686 | /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F. |
| 6687 | Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in |
| 6688 | the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not |
| 6689 | on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar |
| 6690 | item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 | -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item |
| 6693 | 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before. |
| 6694 | 1 otherwise. */ |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 | static int |
| 6697 | x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx) |
| 6698 | struct frame *f; |
| 6699 | int x, y; |
| 6700 | struct glyph **glyph; |
| 6701 | int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx; |
| 6702 | { |
| 6703 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6704 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 6705 | int area; |
| 6706 | |
| 6707 | /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */ |
| 6708 | *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area); |
| 6709 | if (*glyph == NULL) |
| 6710 | return -1; |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in |
| 6713 | f->tool_bar_items. */ |
| 6714 | if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx)) |
| 6715 | return -1; |
| 6716 | |
| 6717 | /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */ |
| 6718 | if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 6719 | && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 6720 | && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 6721 | && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 6722 | || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) |
| 6723 | && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 6724 | || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col |
| 6725 | || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)) |
| 6726 | return 0; |
| 6727 | |
| 6728 | return 1; |
| 6729 | } |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 | |
| 6732 | /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at |
| 6733 | frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress |
| 6734 | or ButtonRelase. */ |
| 6735 | |
| 6736 | static void |
| 6737 | w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event) |
| 6738 | struct frame *f; |
| 6739 | struct input_event *button_event; |
| 6740 | { |
| 6741 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6742 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 6743 | int hpos, vpos, prop_idx; |
| 6744 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 6745 | Lisp_Object enabled_p; |
| 6746 | int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x); |
| 6747 | int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y); |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */ |
| 6750 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); |
| 6751 | if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0) |
| 6752 | return; |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 | /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */ |
| 6755 | enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P); |
| 6756 | if (NILP (enabled_p)) |
| 6757 | return; |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 | if (button_event->kind == mouse_click) |
| 6760 | { |
| 6761 | /* Show item in pressed state. */ |
| 6762 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN); |
| 6763 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN; |
| 6764 | last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx; |
| 6765 | } |
| 6766 | else |
| 6767 | { |
| 6768 | Lisp_Object key, frame; |
| 6769 | struct input_event event; |
| 6770 | |
| 6771 | /* Show item in released state. */ |
| 6772 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED); |
| 6773 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 | key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 6778 | event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
| 6779 | event.frame_or_window = frame; |
| 6780 | event.arg = frame; |
| 6781 | kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
| 6782 | |
| 6783 | event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
| 6784 | event.frame_or_window = frame; |
| 6785 | event.arg = key; |
| 6786 | event.modifiers = button_event->modifiers; |
| 6787 | kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
| 6788 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 6789 | } |
| 6790 | } |
| 6791 | |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 | /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to |
| 6794 | tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from |
| 6795 | note_mouse_highlight. */ |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | static void |
| 6798 | note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y) |
| 6799 | struct frame *f; |
| 6800 | int x, y; |
| 6801 | { |
| 6802 | Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window; |
| 6803 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 6804 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6805 | int hpos, vpos; |
| 6806 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 6807 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 6808 | int i; |
| 6809 | Lisp_Object enabled_p; |
| 6810 | int prop_idx; |
| 6811 | enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 6812 | int mouse_down_p, rc; |
| 6813 | |
| 6814 | /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y |
| 6815 | values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */ |
| 6816 | if (x <= 0 || y <= 0) |
| 6817 | { |
| 6818 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6819 | return; |
| 6820 | } |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 | rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx); |
| 6823 | if (rc < 0) |
| 6824 | { |
| 6825 | /* Not on tool-bar item. */ |
| 6826 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6827 | return; |
| 6828 | } |
| 6829 | else if (rc == 0) |
| 6830 | /* On same tool-bar item as before. */ |
| 6831 | goto set_help_echo; |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 | /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */ |
| 6836 | mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed |
| 6837 | && f == last_mouse_frame |
| 6838 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); |
| 6839 | if (mouse_down_p |
| 6840 | && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx) |
| 6841 | return; |
| 6842 | |
| 6843 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT; |
| 6844 | draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 | /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */ |
| 6847 | enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P); |
| 6848 | if (!NILP (enabled_p)) |
| 6849 | { |
| 6850 | /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the |
| 6851 | image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */ |
| 6852 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 6853 | for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i) |
| 6854 | x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width; |
| 6855 | |
| 6856 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 6857 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos; |
| 6858 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos; |
| 6859 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x; |
| 6860 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y; |
| 6861 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0; |
| 6862 | |
| 6863 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1; |
| 6864 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos; |
| 6865 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6866 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y; |
| 6867 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 6868 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID; |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 6871 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw); |
| 6872 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw; |
| 6873 | } |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | set_help_echo: |
| 6876 | |
| 6877 | /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item. |
| 6878 | w32_read_socket does the rest. */ |
| 6879 | help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 6880 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 6881 | help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); |
| 6882 | if (NILP (help_echo)) |
| 6883 | help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); |
| 6884 | } |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 | |
| 6887 | \f |
| 6888 | /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W. |
| 6889 | *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's |
| 6890 | current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start |
| 6891 | return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of |
| 6892 | last line in W. */ |
| 6893 | |
| 6894 | static int |
| 6895 | fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y) |
| 6896 | struct window *w; |
| 6897 | int pos; |
| 6898 | int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y; |
| 6899 | { |
| 6900 | int i; |
| 6901 | int lastcol; |
| 6902 | int maybe_next_line_p = 0; |
| 6903 | int line_start_position; |
| 6904 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 6905 | struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0); |
| 6906 | struct glyph_row *best_row = row; |
| 6907 | int row_vpos = 0, best_row_vpos = 0; |
| 6908 | int current_x; |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 | while (row->y < yb) |
| 6911 | { |
| 6912 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 6913 | line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos; |
| 6914 | else |
| 6915 | line_start_position = 0; |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 | if (line_start_position > pos) |
| 6918 | break; |
| 6919 | /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer, |
| 6920 | don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */ |
| 6921 | else if (line_start_position == pos |
| 6922 | && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
| 6923 | { |
| 6924 | maybe_next_line_p = 1; |
| 6925 | break; |
| 6926 | } |
| 6927 | else if (line_start_position > 0) |
| 6928 | { |
| 6929 | best_row = row; |
| 6930 | best_row_vpos = row_vpos; |
| 6931 | } |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | if (row->y + row->height >= yb) |
| 6934 | break; |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 | ++row; |
| 6937 | ++row_vpos; |
| 6938 | } |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 | /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */ |
| 6941 | lastcol = 0; |
| 6942 | current_x = best_row->x; |
| 6943 | for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++) |
| 6944 | { |
| 6945 | struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i; |
| 6946 | int charpos; |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | charpos = glyph->charpos; |
| 6949 | if (charpos == pos) |
| 6950 | { |
| 6951 | *hpos = i; |
| 6952 | *vpos = best_row_vpos; |
| 6953 | *x = current_x; |
| 6954 | *y = best_row->y; |
| 6955 | return 1; |
| 6956 | } |
| 6957 | else if (charpos > pos) |
| 6958 | break; |
| 6959 | else if (charpos > 0) |
| 6960 | lastcol = i; |
| 6961 | |
| 6962 | current_x += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6963 | } |
| 6964 | |
| 6965 | /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer, |
| 6966 | and we didn't find it in the line we scanned, |
| 6967 | use the start of the following line. */ |
| 6968 | if (maybe_next_line_p) |
| 6969 | { |
| 6970 | ++best_row; |
| 6971 | ++best_row_vpos; |
| 6972 | lastcol = 0; |
| 6973 | current_x = best_row->x; |
| 6974 | } |
| 6975 | |
| 6976 | *vpos = best_row_vpos; |
| 6977 | *hpos = lastcol + 1; |
| 6978 | *x = current_x; |
| 6979 | *y = best_row->y; |
| 6980 | return 0; |
| 6981 | } |
| 6982 | |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* |
| 6985 | in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 | static void |
| 6988 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw) |
| 6989 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6990 | enum draw_glyphs_face draw; |
| 6991 | { |
| 6992 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window); |
| 6993 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 6994 | int i; |
| 6995 | int cursor_off_p = 0; |
| 6996 | struct cursor_pos saved_cursor; |
| 6997 | |
| 6998 | saved_cursor = output_cursor; |
| 6999 | |
| 7000 | /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother |
| 7001 | to do anything. */ |
| 7002 | if (w->current_matrix == NULL) |
| 7003 | goto set_x_cursor; |
| 7004 | |
| 7005 | /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist |
| 7006 | anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */ |
| 7007 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row >= w->current_matrix->nrows) |
| 7008 | goto set_x_cursor; |
| 7009 | |
| 7010 | set_output_cursor (&w->phys_cursor); |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */ |
| 7013 | for (i = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row; |
| 7014 | i <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row; |
| 7015 | i++) |
| 7016 | { |
| 7017 | int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x; |
| 7018 | struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 | /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */ |
| 7021 | if (!row->enabled_p) |
| 7022 | continue; |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 | /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */ |
| 7025 | if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row) |
| 7026 | { |
| 7027 | start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col; |
| 7028 | start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x; |
| 7029 | } |
| 7030 | else |
| 7031 | { |
| 7032 | start_hpos = 0; |
| 7033 | start_x = 0; |
| 7034 | } |
| 7035 | |
| 7036 | if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row) |
| 7037 | end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col; |
| 7038 | else |
| 7039 | end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the |
| 7042 | cursor off. */ |
| 7043 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p |
| 7044 | && i == output_cursor.vpos |
| 7045 | && output_cursor.hpos >= start_hpos - 1 |
| 7046 | && output_cursor.hpos <= end_hpos) |
| 7047 | { |
| 7048 | x_update_window_cursor (w, 0); |
| 7049 | cursor_off_p = 1; |
| 7050 | } |
| 7051 | |
| 7052 | if (end_hpos > start_hpos) |
| 7053 | { |
| 7054 | row->mouse_face_p = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE; |
| 7055 | x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA, |
| 7056 | start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 7057 | } |
| 7058 | } |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 | /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */ |
| 7061 | if (cursor_off_p) |
| 7062 | x_display_cursor (w, 1, |
| 7063 | output_cursor.hpos, output_cursor.vpos, |
| 7064 | output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); |
| 7065 | |
| 7066 | output_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 7067 | |
| 7068 | set_x_cursor: |
| 7069 | #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */ |
| 7070 | /* Change the mouse cursor. */ |
| 7071 | if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 7072 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 7073 | f->output_data.x->text_cursor); |
| 7074 | else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 7075 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 7076 | f->output_data.x->cross_cursor); |
| 7077 | else |
| 7078 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 7079 | f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor); |
| 7080 | #endif |
| 7081 | ; |
| 7082 | } |
| 7083 | |
| 7084 | /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. |
| 7085 | Redraw it un-highlighted first. */ |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 | void |
| 7088 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo) |
| 7089 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 7090 | { |
| 7091 | #if 0 /* This prevents redrawing tool bar items when changing from one |
| 7092 | to another while a tooltip is open, so don't do it. */ |
| 7093 | if (!NILP (tip_frame)) |
| 7094 | return; |
| 7095 | #endif |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 | if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 7098 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT); |
| 7099 | |
| 7100 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 7101 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 7102 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 7103 | } |
| 7104 | |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 | /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the |
| 7107 | redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar |
| 7108 | functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */ |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 | static void |
| 7111 | x_clear_mouse_face (w) |
| 7112 | struct window *w; |
| 7113 | { |
| 7114 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo |
| 7115 | = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 7116 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 7117 | |
| 7118 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7119 | XSETWINDOW (window, w); |
| 7120 | if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 7121 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7122 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7123 | } |
| 7124 | |
| 7125 | |
| 7126 | /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any. |
| 7127 | This is used when the size of F is changed. */ |
| 7128 | |
| 7129 | void |
| 7130 | cancel_mouse_face (f) |
| 7131 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 7132 | { |
| 7133 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 7134 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7135 | |
| 7136 | window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window; |
| 7137 | if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f) |
| 7138 | { |
| 7139 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 7140 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 7141 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 7142 | } |
| 7143 | } |
| 7144 | \f |
| 7145 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); |
| 7146 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); |
| 7147 | |
| 7148 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
| 7149 | *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window, |
| 7152 | and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse |
| 7153 | is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
| 7154 | position on the scroll bar. |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the |
| 7157 | mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell |
| 7158 | the mouse is over. |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse |
| 7161 | was at this position. |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
| 7164 | |
| 7165 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
| 7166 | movement. */ |
| 7167 | |
| 7168 | static void |
| 7169 | w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 7170 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 7171 | int insist; |
| 7172 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 7173 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 7174 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 7175 | unsigned long *time; |
| 7176 | { |
| 7177 | FRAME_PTR f1; |
| 7178 | |
| 7179 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0) |
| 7182 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); |
| 7183 | else |
| 7184 | { |
| 7185 | POINT pt; |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 7188 | |
| 7189 | /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ |
| 7190 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 7191 | XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 | GetCursorPos (&pt); |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 | /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window |
| 7198 | containing the pointer. */ |
| 7199 | { |
| 7200 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 7201 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 7202 | { |
| 7203 | /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame |
| 7204 | even if the mouse is now outside it. */ |
| 7205 | f1 = last_mouse_frame; |
| 7206 | } |
| 7207 | else |
| 7208 | { |
| 7209 | /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */ |
| 7210 | f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), |
| 7211 | WindowFromPoint (pt)); |
| 7212 | } |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 | /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ |
| 7215 | if (! f1) |
| 7216 | { |
| 7217 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 7218 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt)); |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 | if (bar) |
| 7221 | { |
| 7222 | f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 7223 | } |
| 7224 | } |
| 7225 | |
| 7226 | if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0) |
| 7227 | f1 = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | if (f1) |
| 7230 | { |
| 7231 | /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. |
| 7232 | last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the |
| 7233 | generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion |
| 7234 | events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the |
| 7235 | size of the smallest character that could be displayed |
| 7236 | on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on |
| 7237 | the frame are divided into. */ |
| 7238 | |
| 7239 | #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE |
| 7240 | int ignore1, ignore2; |
| 7241 | |
| 7242 | ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt); |
| 7243 | |
| 7244 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2, |
| 7245 | &last_mouse_glyph, |
| 7246 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed |
| 7247 | || insist); |
| 7248 | #else |
| 7249 | ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt); |
| 7250 | { |
| 7251 | int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1); |
| 7252 | int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1); |
| 7253 | int x = pt.x; |
| 7254 | int y = pt.y; |
| 7255 | |
| 7256 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to |
| 7257 | round down even for negative values. */ |
| 7258 | if (x < 0) |
| 7259 | x -= width - 1; |
| 7260 | if (y < 0) |
| 7261 | y -= height - 1; |
| 7262 | |
| 7263 | last_mouse_glyph.left = (x + width - 1) / width * width; |
| 7264 | last_mouse_glyph.top = (y + height - 1) / height * height; |
| 7265 | last_mouse_glyph.right = last_mouse_glyph.left + width; |
| 7266 | last_mouse_glyph.bottom = last_mouse_glyph.top + height; |
| 7267 | } |
| 7268 | #endif |
| 7269 | |
| 7270 | *bar_window = Qnil; |
| 7271 | *part = 0; |
| 7272 | *fp = f1; |
| 7273 | XSETINT (*x, pt.x); |
| 7274 | XSETINT (*y, pt.y); |
| 7275 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 7276 | } |
| 7277 | } |
| 7278 | } |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7281 | } |
| 7282 | |
| 7283 | \f |
| 7284 | /* Scroll bar support. */ |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 | /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. |
| 7287 | This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark |
| 7288 | bits. */ |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 7291 | x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) |
| 7292 | Window window_id; |
| 7293 | { |
| 7294 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | for (tail = Vframe_list; |
| 7297 | XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; |
| 7298 | tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 7299 | { |
| 7300 | Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | frame = XCAR (tail); |
| 7303 | /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ |
| 7304 | if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame)) |
| 7305 | abort (); |
| 7306 | |
| 7307 | /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the |
| 7308 | right window ID. */ |
| 7309 | condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 7310 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 7311 | /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and |
| 7312 | condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ |
| 7313 | ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, |
| 7314 | condemned = Qnil, |
| 7315 | ! GC_NILP (bar)); |
| 7316 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 7317 | if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
| 7318 | return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 7319 | } |
| 7320 | |
| 7321 | return 0; |
| 7322 | } |
| 7323 | |
| 7324 | |
| 7325 | \f |
| 7326 | /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently |
| 7327 | displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 | static void |
| 7330 | w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) |
| 7331 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 7332 | int portion, position, whole; |
| 7333 | { |
| 7334 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 7335 | int range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 7336 | int sb_page, sb_pos; |
| 7337 | BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE; |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 | if (whole) |
| 7340 | { |
| 7341 | /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the |
| 7342 | buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away |
| 7343 | to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */ |
| 7344 | if (position + portion >= whole) |
| 7345 | { |
| 7346 | sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole |
| 7347 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 7348 | sb_pos = range; |
| 7349 | } |
| 7350 | |
| 7351 | sb_page = portion * range / whole + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 7352 | sb_pos = position * range / whole; |
| 7353 | } |
| 7354 | else |
| 7355 | { |
| 7356 | sb_page = range; |
| 7357 | sb_pos = 0; |
| 7358 | } |
| 7359 | |
| 7360 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7361 | |
| 7362 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 7363 | { |
| 7364 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 7365 | |
| 7366 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 7367 | /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce |
| 7368 | flicker effects. */ |
| 7369 | if (draggingp) |
| 7370 | si.fMask = SIF_PAGE; |
| 7371 | else |
| 7372 | si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
| 7373 | si.nPage = sb_page; |
| 7374 | si.nPos = sb_pos; |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 | pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, !draggingp); |
| 7377 | } |
| 7378 | else |
| 7379 | SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, sb_pos, !draggingp); |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7382 | } |
| 7383 | |
| 7384 | \f |
| 7385 | /************************************************************************ |
| 7386 | Scroll bars, general |
| 7387 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 7388 | |
| 7389 | HWND |
| 7390 | my_create_scrollbar (f, bar) |
| 7391 | struct frame * f; |
| 7392 | struct scroll_bar * bar; |
| 7393 | { |
| 7394 | return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 7395 | WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f, |
| 7396 | (LPARAM) bar); |
| 7397 | } |
| 7398 | |
| 7399 | //#define ATTACH_THREADS |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 | BOOL |
| 7402 | my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how) |
| 7403 | { |
| 7404 | #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 7405 | return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW, |
| 7406 | (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how); |
| 7407 | #else |
| 7408 | return ShowWindow (hwnd, how); |
| 7409 | #endif |
| 7410 | } |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 | void |
| 7413 | my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter, |
| 7414 | int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags) |
| 7415 | { |
| 7416 | #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 7417 | WINDOWPOS pos; |
| 7418 | pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter; |
| 7419 | pos.x = x; |
| 7420 | pos.y = y; |
| 7421 | pos.cx = cx; |
| 7422 | pos.cy = cy; |
| 7423 | pos.flags = flags; |
| 7424 | SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0); |
| 7425 | #else |
| 7426 | SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags); |
| 7427 | #endif |
| 7428 | } |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 | void |
| 7431 | my_set_focus (f, hwnd) |
| 7432 | struct frame * f; |
| 7433 | HWND hwnd; |
| 7434 | { |
| 7435 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS, |
| 7436 | (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 7437 | } |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | void |
| 7440 | my_set_foreground_window (hwnd) |
| 7441 | HWND hwnd; |
| 7442 | { |
| 7443 | SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 7444 | } |
| 7445 | |
| 7446 | void |
| 7447 | my_destroy_window (f, hwnd) |
| 7448 | struct frame * f; |
| 7449 | HWND hwnd; |
| 7450 | { |
| 7451 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW, |
| 7452 | (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 7453 | } |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is |
| 7456 | the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT, |
| 7457 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the |
| 7458 | scroll bar. */ |
| 7459 | |
| 7460 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 7461 | x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height) |
| 7462 | struct window *w; |
| 7463 | int top, left, width, height; |
| 7464 | { |
| 7465 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 7466 | HWND hwnd; |
| 7467 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 7468 | = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); |
| 7469 | |
| 7470 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w); |
| 7473 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 7474 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
| 7475 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); |
| 7476 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 7477 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); |
| 7478 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); |
| 7479 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7480 | |
| 7481 | /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */ |
| 7482 | |
| 7483 | hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar); |
| 7484 | |
| 7485 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 7486 | { |
| 7487 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 7488 | |
| 7489 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 7490 | si.fMask = SIF_ALL; |
| 7491 | si.nMin = 0; |
| 7492 | si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height) |
| 7493 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 7494 | si.nPage = si.nMax; |
| 7495 | si.nPos = 0; |
| 7496 | |
| 7497 | pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 7498 | } |
| 7499 | else |
| 7500 | { |
| 7501 | SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, |
| 7502 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE); |
| 7503 | SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE); |
| 7504 | } |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd); |
| 7507 | |
| 7508 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ |
| 7509 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 7510 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 7511 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 7512 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 7513 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7516 | |
| 7517 | return bar; |
| 7518 | } |
| 7519 | |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 | /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to |
| 7522 | nil. */ |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 | static void |
| 7525 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
| 7526 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 7527 | { |
| 7528 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7531 | |
| 7532 | /* Destroy the window. */ |
| 7533 | my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 7534 | |
| 7535 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
| 7536 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 7537 | |
| 7538 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7539 | } |
| 7540 | |
| 7541 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate |
| 7542 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE |
| 7543 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
| 7544 | create one. */ |
| 7545 | static void |
| 7546 | w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position) |
| 7547 | struct window *w; |
| 7548 | int portion, whole, position; |
| 7549 | { |
| 7550 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 7551 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 7552 | int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width; |
| 7553 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 7554 | |
| 7555 | /* Get window dimensions. */ |
| 7556 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 7557 | top = window_y; |
| 7558 | width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 7559 | height = window_height; |
| 7560 | |
| 7561 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */ |
| 7562 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 7563 | left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
| 7564 | else |
| 7565 | left = XFASTINT (w->left); |
| 7566 | left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 7567 | left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 7568 | |
| 7569 | /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than |
| 7570 | the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */ |
| 7571 | if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0) |
| 7572 | sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 7573 | else |
| 7574 | sb_width = width; |
| 7575 | |
| 7576 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */ |
| 7577 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 7578 | sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 7579 | else |
| 7580 | sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 7581 | |
| 7582 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
| 7583 | if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 7584 | { |
| 7585 | HDC hdc; |
| 7586 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7587 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 7588 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height); |
| 7589 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 7590 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height); |
| 7593 | } |
| 7594 | else |
| 7595 | { |
| 7596 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ |
| 7597 | HWND hwnd; |
| 7598 | |
| 7599 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 7600 | hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 7601 | |
| 7602 | /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */ |
| 7603 | if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left |
| 7604 | && XINT (bar->top) == top |
| 7605 | && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width |
| 7606 | && XINT (bar->height) == height ) |
| 7607 | { |
| 7608 | /* Redraw after clear_frame. */ |
| 7609 | if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL)) |
| 7610 | InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7611 | } |
| 7612 | else |
| 7613 | { |
| 7614 | HDC hdc; |
| 7615 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7616 | |
| 7617 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 7618 | /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved |
| 7619 | for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */ |
| 7620 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, |
| 7621 | left, |
| 7622 | top, |
| 7623 | width, |
| 7624 | height); |
| 7625 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 7626 | |
| 7627 | /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the |
| 7628 | area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */ |
| 7629 | my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE); |
| 7630 | MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left, top, |
| 7631 | sb_width, height, TRUE); |
| 7632 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 7633 | { |
| 7634 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 7635 | |
| 7636 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 7637 | si.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
| 7638 | si.nMin = 0; |
| 7639 | si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height) |
| 7640 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 7641 | |
| 7642 | pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 7643 | } |
| 7644 | else |
| 7645 | SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, |
| 7646 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE); |
| 7647 | my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL); |
| 7648 | // InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 | /* Remember new settings. */ |
| 7651 | XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left); |
| 7652 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 7653 | XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width); |
| 7654 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 7655 | |
| 7656 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7657 | } |
| 7658 | } |
| 7659 | w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); |
| 7660 | |
| 7661 | XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 7662 | } |
| 7663 | |
| 7664 | |
| 7665 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
| 7666 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
| 7667 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
| 7668 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
| 7669 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay |
| 7670 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
| 7671 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
| 7672 | |
| 7673 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
| 7674 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
| 7675 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */ |
| 7676 | |
| 7677 | static void |
| 7678 | w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 7679 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 7680 | { |
| 7681 | /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */ |
| 7682 | while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 7683 | { |
| 7684 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 7685 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 7686 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 7687 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 7688 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil; |
| 7689 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 7690 | XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar; |
| 7691 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar; |
| 7692 | } |
| 7693 | } |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 | |
| 7696 | /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle. |
| 7697 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
| 7698 | |
| 7699 | static void |
| 7700 | w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window) |
| 7701 | struct window *window; |
| 7702 | { |
| 7703 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 7704 | struct frame *f; |
| 7705 | |
| 7706 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
| 7707 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 7708 | abort (); |
| 7709 | |
| 7710 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 7711 | |
| 7712 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ |
| 7713 | f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 7714 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) |
| 7715 | { |
| 7716 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of |
| 7717 | the lists. */ |
| 7718 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 7719 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
| 7720 | return; |
| 7721 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
| 7722 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 7723 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; |
| 7724 | else |
| 7725 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of |
| 7726 | one or the other! */ |
| 7727 | abort (); |
| 7728 | } |
| 7729 | else |
| 7730 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 7733 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
| 7734 | |
| 7735 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 7736 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 7737 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 7738 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 7739 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 7740 | } |
| 7741 | |
| 7742 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
| 7743 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ |
| 7744 | |
| 7745 | static void |
| 7746 | w32_judge_scroll_bars (f) |
| 7747 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 7748 | { |
| 7749 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
| 7750 | |
| 7751 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 7752 | |
| 7753 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any |
| 7754 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
| 7755 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; |
| 7756 | |
| 7757 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) |
| 7758 | { |
| 7759 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
| 7762 | |
| 7763 | next = b->next; |
| 7764 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; |
| 7765 | } |
| 7766 | |
| 7767 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
| 7768 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
| 7769 | } |
| 7770 | |
| 7771 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
| 7772 | is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued. |
| 7773 | |
| 7774 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 7775 | mark bits. */ |
| 7776 | |
| 7777 | static int |
| 7778 | w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event) |
| 7779 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 7780 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 7781 | struct input_event *emacs_event; |
| 7782 | { |
| 7783 | if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window)) |
| 7784 | abort (); |
| 7785 | |
| 7786 | emacs_event->kind = w32_scroll_bar_click; |
| 7787 | emacs_event->code = 0; |
| 7788 | /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */ |
| 7789 | emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
| 7790 | emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
| 7791 | emacs_event->arg = Qnil; |
| 7792 | emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 | { |
| 7795 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 7796 | int y; |
| 7797 | int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging); |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 | if (pfnGetScrollInfo) |
| 7800 | { |
| 7801 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 7802 | |
| 7803 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 7804 | si.fMask = SIF_POS; |
| 7805 | |
| 7806 | pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si); |
| 7807 | y = si.nPos; |
| 7808 | } |
| 7809 | else |
| 7810 | y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL); |
| 7811 | |
| 7812 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7813 | |
| 7814 | |
| 7815 | last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam; |
| 7816 | |
| 7817 | switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam)) |
| 7818 | { |
| 7819 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
| 7820 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 7821 | break; |
| 7822 | case SB_LINEUP: |
| 7823 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; |
| 7824 | break; |
| 7825 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
| 7826 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 7827 | break; |
| 7828 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
| 7829 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 7830 | break; |
| 7831 | case SB_TOP: |
| 7832 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 7833 | y = 0; |
| 7834 | break; |
| 7835 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
| 7836 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 7837 | y = top_range; |
| 7838 | break; |
| 7839 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
| 7840 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
| 7841 | if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff) |
| 7842 | y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam); |
| 7843 | bar->dragging = Qt; |
| 7844 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 7845 | |
| 7846 | /* "Silently" update current position. */ |
| 7847 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 7848 | { |
| 7849 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 7852 | si.fMask = SIF_POS; |
| 7853 | si.nPos = y; |
| 7854 | /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real |
| 7855 | position, so don't set that directly. */ |
| 7856 | last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y; |
| 7857 | |
| 7858 | pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 7859 | } |
| 7860 | else |
| 7861 | SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE); |
| 7862 | break; |
| 7863 | case SB_ENDSCROLL: |
| 7864 | /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll |
| 7865 | handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do |
| 7866 | nothing. */ |
| 7867 | if (dragging) |
| 7868 | { |
| 7869 | if (pfnSetScrollInfo) |
| 7870 | { |
| 7871 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 7872 | int start = XINT (bar->start); |
| 7873 | int end = XINT (bar->end); |
| 7874 | |
| 7875 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 7876 | si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
| 7877 | si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 7878 | si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos; |
| 7879 | pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE); |
| 7880 | } |
| 7881 | else |
| 7882 | SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE); |
| 7883 | } |
| 7884 | /* fall through */ |
| 7885 | default: |
| 7886 | emacs_event->kind = no_event; |
| 7887 | return FALSE; |
| 7888 | } |
| 7889 | |
| 7890 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 7891 | XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 | return TRUE; |
| 7894 | } |
| 7895 | } |
| 7896 | |
| 7897 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse |
| 7898 | on the scroll bar. */ |
| 7899 | |
| 7900 | static void |
| 7901 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 7902 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 7903 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 7904 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 7905 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 7906 | unsigned long *time; |
| 7907 | { |
| 7908 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 7909 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 7910 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 7911 | int pos; |
| 7912 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 7913 | |
| 7914 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7915 | |
| 7916 | *fp = f; |
| 7917 | *bar_window = bar->window; |
| 7918 | |
| 7919 | if (pfnGetScrollInfo) |
| 7920 | { |
| 7921 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 7922 | |
| 7923 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 7924 | si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE; |
| 7925 | |
| 7926 | pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si); |
| 7927 | pos = si.nPos; |
| 7928 | top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1; |
| 7929 | } |
| 7930 | else |
| 7931 | pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL); |
| 7932 | |
| 7933 | switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos)) |
| 7934 | { |
| 7935 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
| 7936 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
| 7937 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 7938 | if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff) |
| 7939 | pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos); |
| 7940 | break; |
| 7941 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
| 7942 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 7943 | pos++; |
| 7944 | break; |
| 7945 | default: |
| 7946 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 7947 | break; |
| 7948 | } |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 | XSETINT (*x, pos); |
| 7951 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); |
| 7952 | |
| 7953 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 7954 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 7957 | |
| 7958 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7959 | } |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 | |
| 7962 | /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or |
| 7963 | background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. |
| 7964 | Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can |
| 7965 | redraw them. */ |
| 7966 | |
| 7967 | void |
| 7968 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f) |
| 7969 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 7970 | { |
| 7971 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 7972 | |
| 7973 | /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0, |
| 7974 | if we just turned off scroll bar mode. |
| 7975 | But in that case we should not clear them. */ |
| 7976 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 7977 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
| 7978 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 7979 | { |
| 7980 | HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)); |
| 7981 | HDC hdc = GetDC (window); |
| 7982 | RECT rect; |
| 7983 | |
| 7984 | /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move |
| 7985 | arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */ |
| 7986 | my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE); |
| 7987 | |
| 7988 | GetClientRect (window, &rect); |
| 7989 | select_palette (f, hdc); |
| 7990 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect); |
| 7991 | deselect_palette (f, hdc); |
| 7992 | |
| 7993 | ReleaseDC (window, hdc); |
| 7994 | } |
| 7995 | } |
| 7996 | |
| 7997 | \f |
| 7998 | /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */ |
| 7999 | |
| 8000 | /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket, |
| 8001 | but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions |
| 8002 | sometimes don't work. */ |
| 8003 | |
| 8004 | static Time enter_timestamp; |
| 8005 | |
| 8006 | /* Record the last 100 characters stored |
| 8007 | to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 | static int temp_index; |
| 8010 | static short temp_buffer[100]; |
| 8011 | |
| 8012 | |
| 8013 | /* Read events coming from the W32 shell. |
| 8014 | This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. |
| 8015 | We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. |
| 8016 | |
| 8017 | Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP, |
| 8018 | which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters. |
| 8019 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, |
| 8020 | thus pretending to be `read'. |
| 8021 | |
| 8022 | EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 | Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the |
| 8025 | system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return |
| 8026 | the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them |
| 8027 | we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we |
| 8028 | will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate |
| 8029 | which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called |
| 8030 | recursively with different messages by the system. |
| 8031 | */ |
| 8032 | |
| 8033 | int |
| 8034 | w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected) |
| 8035 | register int sd; |
| 8036 | /* register */ struct input_event *bufp; |
| 8037 | /* register */ int numchars; |
| 8038 | int expected; |
| 8039 | { |
| 8040 | int count = 0; |
| 8041 | int check_visibility = 0; |
| 8042 | W32Msg msg; |
| 8043 | struct frame *f; |
| 8044 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
| 8047 | { |
| 8048 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
| 8049 | return -1; |
| 8050 | } |
| 8051 | |
| 8052 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
| 8053 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8054 | |
| 8055 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ |
| 8056 | input_signal_count++; |
| 8057 | |
| 8058 | if (numchars <= 0) |
| 8059 | abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ |
| 8060 | |
| 8061 | /* TODO: tooltips, tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse |
| 8062 | cursors. */ |
| 8063 | while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE)) |
| 8064 | { |
| 8065 | switch (msg.msg.message) |
| 8066 | { |
| 8067 | case WM_PAINT: |
| 8068 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8069 | |
| 8070 | if (f) |
| 8071 | { |
| 8072 | if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left || |
| 8073 | msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top) |
| 8074 | { |
| 8075 | /* We may get paint messages even though the client |
| 8076 | area is clipped - these are not expose events. */ |
| 8077 | DebPrint (("clipped frame %04x (%s) got WM_PAINT\n", f, |
| 8078 | XSTRING (f->name)->data)); |
| 8079 | } |
| 8080 | else if (f->async_visible != 1) |
| 8081 | { |
| 8082 | /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */ |
| 8083 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 8084 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 8085 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 8086 | DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f, |
| 8087 | XSTRING (f->name)->data)); |
| 8088 | |
| 8089 | /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report |
| 8090 | visibility changes properly. */ |
| 8091 | if (f->iconified) |
| 8092 | { |
| 8093 | bufp->kind = deiconify_event; |
| 8094 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 8095 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8096 | bufp++; |
| 8097 | count++; |
| 8098 | numchars--; |
| 8099 | } |
| 8100 | else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) |
| 8101 | && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 8102 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the |
| 8103 | frame titles in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 8104 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 8105 | } |
| 8106 | else |
| 8107 | { |
| 8108 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 8109 | |
| 8110 | /* Erase background again for safety. */ |
| 8111 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect); |
| 8112 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 8113 | expose_frame (f, |
| 8114 | msg.rect.left, |
| 8115 | msg.rect.top, |
| 8116 | msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left, |
| 8117 | msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top); |
| 8118 | } |
| 8119 | } |
| 8120 | break; |
| 8121 | |
| 8122 | case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE: |
| 8123 | /* Generate a language change event. */ |
| 8124 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8125 | |
| 8126 | if (f) |
| 8127 | { |
| 8128 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 8129 | abort (); |
| 8130 | |
| 8131 | bufp->kind = language_change_event; |
| 8132 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 8133 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8134 | bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 8135 | bufp->modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff; |
| 8136 | bufp++; |
| 8137 | count++; |
| 8138 | numchars--; |
| 8139 | } |
| 8140 | break; |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
| 8143 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
| 8144 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8145 | |
| 8146 | if (f && !f->iconified) |
| 8147 | { |
| 8148 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 8149 | temp_index = 0; |
| 8150 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 8151 | bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke; |
| 8152 | bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 8153 | bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers; |
| 8154 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 8155 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8156 | bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time; |
| 8157 | bufp++; |
| 8158 | numchars--; |
| 8159 | count++; |
| 8160 | } |
| 8161 | break; |
| 8162 | |
| 8163 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
| 8164 | case WM_CHAR: |
| 8165 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8166 | |
| 8167 | if (f && !f->iconified) |
| 8168 | { |
| 8169 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 8170 | temp_index = 0; |
| 8171 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 8172 | bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke; |
| 8173 | bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 8174 | bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers; |
| 8175 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 8176 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8177 | bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time; |
| 8178 | bufp++; |
| 8179 | numchars--; |
| 8180 | count++; |
| 8181 | } |
| 8182 | break; |
| 8183 | |
| 8184 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
| 8185 | previous_help_echo = help_echo; |
| 8186 | help_echo = help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 8187 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 8190 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 8191 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 8192 | else |
| 8193 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8194 | |
| 8195 | if (f) |
| 8196 | note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg); |
| 8197 | else |
| 8198 | { |
| 8199 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 8200 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 8201 | clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
| 8202 | } |
| 8203 | |
| 8204 | /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo |
| 8205 | has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */ |
| 8206 | if (!NILP (help_echo) |
| 8207 | || !NILP (previous_help_echo)) |
| 8208 | { |
| 8209 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 8210 | int n; |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 | if (f) |
| 8213 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 8214 | else |
| 8215 | frame = Qnil; |
| 8216 | |
| 8217 | any_help_event_p = 1; |
| 8218 | n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame, |
| 8219 | help_echo_window, help_echo_object, |
| 8220 | help_echo_pos); |
| 8221 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 8222 | } |
| 8223 | break; |
| 8224 | |
| 8225 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
| 8226 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: |
| 8227 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: |
| 8228 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: |
| 8229 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: |
| 8230 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: |
| 8231 | { |
| 8232 | /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen |
| 8233 | by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ |
| 8234 | struct input_event emacs_event; |
| 8235 | int tool_bar_p = 0; |
| 8236 | int button; |
| 8237 | int up; |
| 8238 | |
| 8239 | emacs_event.kind = no_event; |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 8242 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 8243 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 8244 | else |
| 8245 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8246 | |
| 8247 | if (f) |
| 8248 | { |
| 8249 | construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &msg, f); |
| 8250 | |
| 8251 | /* Is this in the tool-bar? */ |
| 8252 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 8253 | && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height)) |
| 8254 | { |
| 8255 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 8256 | int p; |
| 8257 | |
| 8258 | /* Set x and y. */ |
| 8259 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, |
| 8260 | emacs_event.x, |
| 8261 | emacs_event.y, |
| 8262 | &p, 1); |
| 8263 | if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 8264 | { |
| 8265 | w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &emacs_event); |
| 8266 | tool_bar_p = 1; |
| 8267 | } |
| 8268 | } |
| 8269 | |
| 8270 | if (!tool_bar_p) |
| 8271 | if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
| 8272 | || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
| 8273 | && (numchars >= 1)) |
| 8274 | { |
| 8275 | construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f); |
| 8276 | bufp++; |
| 8277 | count++; |
| 8278 | numchars--; |
| 8279 | } |
| 8280 | } |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 | parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up); |
| 8283 | |
| 8284 | if (up) |
| 8285 | { |
| 8286 | dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button); |
| 8287 | } |
| 8288 | else |
| 8289 | { |
| 8290 | dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button); |
| 8291 | last_mouse_frame = f; |
| 8292 | /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened |
| 8293 | before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement |
| 8294 | Emacs events should reflect only motion after |
| 8295 | the ButtonPress. */ |
| 8296 | if (f != 0) |
| 8297 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 8298 | |
| 8299 | if (!tool_bar_p) |
| 8300 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 8301 | } |
| 8302 | break; |
| 8303 | } |
| 8304 | |
| 8305 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: |
| 8306 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 8307 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 8308 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 8309 | else |
| 8310 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8311 | |
| 8312 | if (f) |
| 8313 | { |
| 8314 | if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
| 8315 | || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 8316 | && (numchars >= 1)) |
| 8317 | { |
| 8318 | construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f); |
| 8319 | bufp++; |
| 8320 | count++; |
| 8321 | numchars--; |
| 8322 | } |
| 8323 | } |
| 8324 | break; |
| 8325 | |
| 8326 | case WM_MENUSELECT: |
| 8327 | { |
| 8328 | HMENU menu = (HMENU) msg.msg.lParam; |
| 8329 | UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (msg.msg.wParam); |
| 8330 | UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam); |
| 8331 | |
| 8332 | w32_menu_display_help (menu, menu_item, flags); |
| 8333 | } |
| 8334 | break; |
| 8335 | |
| 8336 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
| 8337 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8338 | |
| 8339 | if (f) |
| 8340 | { |
| 8341 | construct_drag_n_drop (bufp, &msg, f); |
| 8342 | bufp++; |
| 8343 | count++; |
| 8344 | numchars--; |
| 8345 | } |
| 8346 | break; |
| 8347 | |
| 8348 | case WM_VSCROLL: |
| 8349 | { |
| 8350 | struct scroll_bar *bar = |
| 8351 | x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam); |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 | if (bar && numchars >= 1) |
| 8354 | { |
| 8355 | if (w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp)) |
| 8356 | { |
| 8357 | bufp++; |
| 8358 | count++; |
| 8359 | numchars--; |
| 8360 | } |
| 8361 | } |
| 8362 | break; |
| 8363 | } |
| 8364 | |
| 8365 | case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: |
| 8366 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
| 8367 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
| 8368 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8369 | break; |
| 8370 | |
| 8371 | case WM_MOVE: |
| 8372 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8373 | |
| 8374 | if (f && !f->async_iconified) |
| 8375 | { |
| 8376 | int x, y; |
| 8377 | |
| 8378 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 8379 | f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x; |
| 8380 | f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y; |
| 8381 | } |
| 8382 | |
| 8383 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8384 | break; |
| 8385 | |
| 8386 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
| 8387 | /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window |
| 8388 | being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck |
| 8389 | visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own |
| 8390 | windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */ |
| 8391 | #if 0 |
| 8392 | if (msg.msg.lParam != 0) |
| 8393 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8394 | else |
| 8395 | { |
| 8396 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8397 | f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 8398 | } |
| 8399 | #endif |
| 8400 | |
| 8401 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8402 | break; |
| 8403 | |
| 8404 | case WM_SIZE: |
| 8405 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8406 | |
| 8407 | /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */ |
| 8408 | if (f) |
| 8409 | { |
| 8410 | switch (msg.msg.wParam) |
| 8411 | { |
| 8412 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: |
| 8413 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 8414 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 8415 | |
| 8416 | bufp->kind = iconify_event; |
| 8417 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 8418 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8419 | bufp++; |
| 8420 | count++; |
| 8421 | numchars--; |
| 8422 | break; |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: |
| 8425 | case SIZE_RESTORED: |
| 8426 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 8427 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 8428 | |
| 8429 | /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update |
| 8430 | the frame's display structures. */ |
| 8431 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 | if (f->iconified) |
| 8434 | { |
| 8435 | int x, y; |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 | /* Reset top and left positions of the Window |
| 8438 | here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message |
| 8439 | BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized |
| 8440 | when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000 |
| 8441 | as the co-ords. */ |
| 8442 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 8443 | f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x; |
| 8444 | f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y; |
| 8445 | |
| 8446 | bufp->kind = deiconify_event; |
| 8447 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 8448 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8449 | bufp++; |
| 8450 | count++; |
| 8451 | numchars--; |
| 8452 | } |
| 8453 | else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) |
| 8454 | && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 8455 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later |
| 8456 | to update the frame titles |
| 8457 | in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 8458 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 8459 | break; |
| 8460 | } |
| 8461 | } |
| 8462 | |
| 8463 | if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED) |
| 8464 | { |
| 8465 | RECT rect; |
| 8466 | int rows; |
| 8467 | int columns; |
| 8468 | int width; |
| 8469 | int height; |
| 8470 | |
| 8471 | GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect); |
| 8472 | |
| 8473 | height = rect.bottom - rect.top; |
| 8474 | width = rect.right - rect.left; |
| 8475 | |
| 8476 | rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height); |
| 8477 | columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width); |
| 8478 | |
| 8479 | /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */ |
| 8480 | |
| 8481 | /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has |
| 8482 | not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need |
| 8483 | to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ |
| 8484 | |
| 8485 | if (columns != f->width |
| 8486 | || rows != f->height |
| 8487 | || width != f->output_data.w32->pixel_width |
| 8488 | || height != f->output_data.w32->pixel_height) |
| 8489 | { |
| 8490 | change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
| 8491 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 8492 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 8493 | f->output_data.w32->pixel_width = width; |
| 8494 | f->output_data.w32->pixel_height = height; |
| 8495 | f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 8496 | } |
| 8497 | } |
| 8498 | |
| 8499 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8500 | break; |
| 8501 | |
| 8502 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
| 8503 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8504 | |
| 8505 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = f; |
| 8506 | |
| 8507 | if (f) |
| 8508 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); |
| 8509 | |
| 8510 | |
| 8511 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 8512 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8513 | break; |
| 8514 | |
| 8515 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
| 8516 | /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */ |
| 8517 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8518 | |
| 8519 | if (f) |
| 8520 | { |
| 8521 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame) |
| 8522 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 8523 | |
| 8524 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 8525 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 8526 | |
| 8527 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 8528 | { |
| 8529 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 8530 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 8531 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 8532 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 8533 | } |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 | /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo. |
| 8536 | Do it only if there's something to cancel. |
| 8537 | Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when |
| 8538 | the mouse leaves the frame. */ |
| 8539 | if (any_help_event_p) |
| 8540 | { |
| 8541 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 8542 | int n; |
| 8543 | |
| 8544 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 8545 | help_echo = Qnil; |
| 8546 | n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, |
| 8547 | Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0); |
| 8548 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -=n; |
| 8549 | } |
| 8550 | } |
| 8551 | |
| 8552 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 8553 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8554 | break; |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 | case WM_CLOSE: |
| 8557 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8558 | |
| 8559 | if (f) |
| 8560 | { |
| 8561 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 8562 | abort (); |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 | bufp->kind = delete_window_event; |
| 8565 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 8566 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8567 | bufp++; |
| 8568 | count++; |
| 8569 | numchars--; |
| 8570 | } |
| 8571 | break; |
| 8572 | |
| 8573 | case WM_INITMENU: |
| 8574 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8575 | |
| 8576 | if (f) |
| 8577 | { |
| 8578 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 8579 | abort (); |
| 8580 | |
| 8581 | bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; |
| 8582 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 8583 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8584 | bufp++; |
| 8585 | count++; |
| 8586 | numchars--; |
| 8587 | } |
| 8588 | break; |
| 8589 | |
| 8590 | case WM_COMMAND: |
| 8591 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 | if (f) |
| 8594 | { |
| 8595 | extern void menubar_selection_callback |
| 8596 | (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data); |
| 8597 | menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam); |
| 8598 | } |
| 8599 | |
| 8600 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8601 | break; |
| 8602 | |
| 8603 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
| 8604 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8605 | |
| 8606 | if (f) |
| 8607 | { |
| 8608 | dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 8609 | dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 8610 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 8611 | DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width, |
| 8612 | dpyinfo->height)); |
| 8613 | } |
| 8614 | |
| 8615 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 8616 | break; |
| 8617 | |
| 8618 | default: |
| 8619 | /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */ |
| 8620 | if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel) |
| 8621 | { |
| 8622 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 8623 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 8624 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 8625 | else |
| 8626 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | if (f) |
| 8629 | { |
| 8630 | if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
| 8631 | || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 8632 | && (numchars >= 1)) |
| 8633 | { |
| 8634 | construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f); |
| 8635 | bufp++; |
| 8636 | count++; |
| 8637 | numchars--; |
| 8638 | } |
| 8639 | } |
| 8640 | } |
| 8641 | break; |
| 8642 | } |
| 8643 | } |
| 8644 | |
| 8645 | /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, |
| 8646 | raise it now. */ |
| 8647 | /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ |
| 8648 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
| 8649 | { |
| 8650 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); |
| 8651 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 8652 | } |
| 8653 | |
| 8654 | /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user |
| 8655 | events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We |
| 8656 | do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct |
| 8657 | notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has |
| 8658 | changed (at least, not in all cases). */ |
| 8659 | if (count > 0 || check_visibility) |
| 8660 | { |
| 8661 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 8662 | |
| 8663 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 8664 | { |
| 8665 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame); |
| 8666 | /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not. |
| 8667 | Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and |
| 8668 | obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */ |
| 8669 | if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible) |
| 8670 | { |
| 8671 | RECT clipbox; |
| 8672 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 8673 | GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox); |
| 8674 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 8675 | |
| 8676 | if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left |
| 8677 | || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top) |
| 8678 | { |
| 8679 | /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as |
| 8680 | such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so |
| 8681 | that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay |
| 8682 | will skip it). */ |
| 8683 | f->async_visible = 2; |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 | if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)) |
| 8686 | { |
| 8687 | DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) obscured\n", f, |
| 8688 | XSTRING (f->name)->data)); |
| 8689 | } |
| 8690 | } |
| 8691 | else |
| 8692 | { |
| 8693 | /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */ |
| 8694 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 | if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)) |
| 8697 | { |
| 8698 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 8699 | DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f, |
| 8700 | XSTRING (f->name)->data)); |
| 8701 | |
| 8702 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */ |
| 8703 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 8704 | } |
| 8705 | } |
| 8706 | } |
| 8707 | } |
| 8708 | } |
| 8709 | |
| 8710 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8711 | return count; |
| 8712 | } |
| 8713 | |
| 8714 | |
| 8715 | |
| 8716 | \f |
| 8717 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 8718 | Text Cursor |
| 8719 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 8720 | |
| 8721 | /* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a |
| 8722 | drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the |
| 8723 | line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the |
| 8724 | line after HPOS has been written. */ |
| 8725 | |
| 8726 | static void |
| 8727 | note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, hpos, n) |
| 8728 | struct window *w; |
| 8729 | int hpos, n; |
| 8730 | { |
| 8731 | if (updated_area == TEXT_AREA |
| 8732 | && output_cursor.vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos |
| 8733 | && hpos <= w->phys_cursor.hpos |
| 8734 | && (n < 0 |
| 8735 | || hpos + n > w->phys_cursor.hpos)) |
| 8736 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 8737 | } |
| 8738 | |
| 8739 | |
| 8740 | /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which |
| 8741 | we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in. |
| 8742 | WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation |
| 8743 | mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle. |
| 8744 | |
| 8745 | ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be |
| 8746 | clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display, |
| 8747 | mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */ |
| 8748 | |
| 8749 | static void |
| 8750 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, whole_line_p) |
| 8751 | struct window *w; |
| 8752 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 8753 | HDC hdc; |
| 8754 | int whole_line_p; |
| 8755 | { |
| 8756 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 8757 | RECT clip_rect; |
| 8758 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 8759 | |
| 8760 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 8761 | |
| 8762 | clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0); |
| 8763 | clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 8764 | clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y); |
| 8765 | clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width; |
| 8766 | clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height; |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 | /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend |
| 8769 | the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */ |
| 8770 | if (whole_line_p) |
| 8771 | { |
| 8772 | clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 8773 | clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 8774 | } |
| 8775 | |
| 8776 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect); |
| 8777 | } |
| 8778 | |
| 8779 | |
| 8780 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */ |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 | static void |
| 8783 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row) |
| 8784 | struct window *w; |
| 8785 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 8786 | { |
| 8787 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 8788 | HDC hdc; |
| 8789 | RECT rect; |
| 8790 | int wd; |
| 8791 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 8792 | HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel); |
| 8793 | |
| 8794 | /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative |
| 8795 | coordinates. */ |
| 8796 | rect.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 8797 | rect.top = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y) |
| 8798 | + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent); |
| 8799 | rect.bottom = rect.top + row->height - 1; |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 | /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because |
| 8802 | the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */ |
| 8803 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 8804 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 8805 | return; |
| 8806 | |
| 8807 | /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch |
| 8808 | glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a |
| 8809 | rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character |
| 8810 | width instead. */ |
| 8811 | wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1; |
| 8812 | if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH |
| 8813 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 8814 | wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd); |
| 8815 | |
| 8816 | rect.right = rect.left + wd; |
| 8817 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 8818 | FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb); |
| 8819 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 8820 | |
| 8821 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 8822 | } |
| 8823 | |
| 8824 | |
| 8825 | /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 | Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an |
| 8828 | angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE. |
| 8829 | Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set. |
| 8830 | --gerd. */ |
| 8831 | |
| 8832 | static void |
| 8833 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width) |
| 8834 | struct window *w; |
| 8835 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 8836 | int width; |
| 8837 | { |
| 8838 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 8839 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 8840 | int x; |
| 8841 | HDC hdc; |
| 8842 | |
| 8843 | /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen |
| 8844 | in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs |
| 8845 | and mini-buffer. */ |
| 8846 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 8847 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 8848 | return; |
| 8849 | |
| 8850 | /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better |
| 8851 | visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that |
| 8852 | the bar might not be in the window. */ |
| 8853 | if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
| 8854 | { |
| 8855 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 8856 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos); |
| 8857 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 8858 | } |
| 8859 | else |
| 8860 | { |
| 8861 | if (width < 0) |
| 8862 | width = f->output_data.w32->cursor_width; |
| 8863 | |
| 8864 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 8865 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 8866 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 0); |
| 8867 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel, |
| 8868 | x, |
| 8869 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y), |
| 8870 | min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width), |
| 8871 | row->height); |
| 8872 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 8873 | } |
| 8874 | } |
| 8875 | |
| 8876 | |
| 8877 | /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the |
| 8878 | cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor |
| 8879 | is is about to be rewritten. */ |
| 8880 | |
| 8881 | static void |
| 8882 | x_clear_cursor (w) |
| 8883 | struct window *w; |
| 8884 | { |
| 8885 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 8886 | x_update_window_cursor (w, 0); |
| 8887 | } |
| 8888 | |
| 8889 | |
| 8890 | /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the |
| 8891 | comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */ |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 | static void |
| 8894 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl) |
| 8895 | struct window *w; |
| 8896 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 8897 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 8898 | { |
| 8899 | /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can |
| 8900 | happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area |
| 8901 | glyphs and mini-buffer. */ |
| 8902 | if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 8903 | { |
| 8904 | x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA, |
| 8905 | w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1, |
| 8906 | hl, 0, 0, 0); |
| 8907 | |
| 8908 | /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other |
| 8909 | rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows |
| 8910 | are redrawn. */ |
| 8911 | if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p) |
| 8912 | { |
| 8913 | if (row > w->current_matrix->rows |
| 8914 | && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1)) |
| 8915 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA); |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 | if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w) |
| 8918 | && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1)) |
| 8919 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA); |
| 8920 | } |
| 8921 | } |
| 8922 | } |
| 8923 | |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 | /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */ |
| 8926 | |
| 8927 | static void |
| 8928 | x_erase_phys_cursor (w) |
| 8929 | struct window *w; |
| 8930 | { |
| 8931 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 8932 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 8933 | int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos; |
| 8934 | int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos; |
| 8935 | int mouse_face_here_p = 0; |
| 8936 | struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix; |
| 8937 | struct glyph_row *cursor_row; |
| 8938 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 8939 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 8940 | |
| 8941 | /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the |
| 8942 | screen. */ |
| 8943 | if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR) |
| 8944 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 8945 | |
| 8946 | /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized. |
| 8947 | Don't bother to erase the cursor. */ |
| 8948 | if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows) |
| 8949 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 8950 | |
| 8951 | /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we |
| 8952 | can do. */ |
| 8953 | cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos); |
| 8954 | if (!cursor_row->enabled_p) |
| 8955 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 | /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one. |
| 8958 | In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line |
| 8959 | should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be |
| 8960 | able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a |
| 8961 | cursor glyph at hand. */ |
| 8962 | if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 8963 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 8964 | |
| 8965 | /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when |
| 8966 | we clear the cursor. */ |
| 8967 | if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 8968 | && w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 8969 | && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 8970 | || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 8971 | && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)) |
| 8972 | && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 8973 | || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 8974 | && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col)) |
| 8975 | /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the |
| 8976 | end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but |
| 8977 | mouse highlighting does not. */ |
| 8978 | && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos) |
| 8979 | mouse_face_here_p = 1; |
| 8980 | |
| 8981 | /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */ |
| 8982 | if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR) |
| 8983 | { |
| 8984 | int x; |
| 8985 | int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 8986 | HDC hdc; |
| 8987 | |
| 8988 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 8989 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 8990 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 8991 | |
| 8992 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 8993 | |
| 8994 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 8995 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x, |
| 8996 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 8997 | cursor_row->y)), |
| 8998 | cursor_glyph->pixel_width, |
| 8999 | cursor_row->visible_height); |
| 9000 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 9001 | } |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ |
| 9004 | if (mouse_face_here_p) |
| 9005 | hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE; |
| 9006 | else if (cursor_row->inverse_p) |
| 9007 | hl = DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO; |
| 9008 | else |
| 9009 | hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT; |
| 9010 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl); |
| 9011 | |
| 9012 | mark_cursor_off: |
| 9013 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 9014 | w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 9015 | } |
| 9016 | |
| 9017 | |
| 9018 | /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the |
| 9019 | cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero, |
| 9020 | where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */ |
| 9021 | |
| 9022 | void |
| 9023 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y) |
| 9024 | struct window *w; |
| 9025 | int on, hpos, vpos, x, y; |
| 9026 | { |
| 9027 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 9028 | int new_cursor_type; |
| 9029 | int new_cursor_width; |
| 9030 | struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs; |
| 9031 | struct glyph_row *glyph_row; |
| 9032 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 9033 | |
| 9034 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
| 9035 | windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may |
| 9036 | be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the |
| 9037 | window. */ |
| 9038 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) |
| 9039 | || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
| 9040 | || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows |
| 9041 | || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w) |
| 9042 | return; |
| 9043 | |
| 9044 | /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ |
| 9045 | if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 9046 | return; |
| 9047 | |
| 9048 | current_glyphs = w->current_matrix; |
| 9049 | glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos); |
| 9050 | glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos; |
| 9051 | |
| 9052 | /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to |
| 9053 | display the cursor. */ |
| 9054 | if (!glyph_row->enabled_p) |
| 9055 | { |
| 9056 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 9057 | return; |
| 9058 | } |
| 9059 | |
| 9060 | xassert (interrupt_input_blocked); |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 | /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a |
| 9063 | mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are |
| 9064 | reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want |
| 9065 | the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly |
| 9066 | marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow |
| 9067 | box cursor. */ |
| 9068 | new_cursor_width = -1; |
| 9069 | if (cursor_in_echo_area |
| 9070 | && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
| 9071 | && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
| 9072 | { |
| 9073 | if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)) |
| 9074 | new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f); |
| 9075 | else |
| 9076 | new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR; |
| 9077 | } |
| 9078 | else |
| 9079 | { |
| 9080 | if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window) |
| 9081 | || f != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame) |
| 9082 | { |
| 9083 | extern int cursor_in_non_selected_windows; |
| 9084 | |
| 9085 | if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) |
| 9086 | || !cursor_in_non_selected_windows |
| 9087 | || NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->cursor_type)) |
| 9088 | new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 9089 | else |
| 9090 | new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR; |
| 9091 | } |
| 9092 | else if (w->cursor_off_p) |
| 9093 | new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 9094 | else |
| 9095 | { |
| 9096 | struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer); |
| 9097 | |
| 9098 | if (EQ (b->cursor_type, Qt)) |
| 9099 | new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f); |
| 9100 | else |
| 9101 | new_cursor_type = x_specified_cursor_type (b->cursor_type, |
| 9102 | &new_cursor_width); |
| 9103 | } |
| 9104 | } |
| 9105 | |
| 9106 | /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or |
| 9107 | it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want, |
| 9108 | erase it. */ |
| 9109 | if (w->phys_cursor_on_p |
| 9110 | && (!on |
| 9111 | || w->phys_cursor.x != x |
| 9112 | || w->phys_cursor.y != y |
| 9113 | || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type)) |
| 9114 | x_erase_phys_cursor (w); |
| 9115 | |
| 9116 | /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible, |
| 9117 | display it. */ |
| 9118 | if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 9119 | { |
| 9120 | w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent; |
| 9121 | w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height; |
| 9122 | |
| 9123 | /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some |
| 9124 | of them may need the information. */ |
| 9125 | w->phys_cursor.x = x; |
| 9126 | w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y; |
| 9127 | w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos; |
| 9128 | w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos; |
| 9129 | w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type; |
| 9130 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1; |
| 9131 | |
| 9132 | switch (new_cursor_type) |
| 9133 | { |
| 9134 | case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 9135 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row); |
| 9136 | break; |
| 9137 | |
| 9138 | case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 9139 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 9140 | break; |
| 9141 | |
| 9142 | case BAR_CURSOR: |
| 9143 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width); |
| 9144 | break; |
| 9145 | |
| 9146 | case NO_CURSOR: |
| 9147 | break; |
| 9148 | |
| 9149 | default: |
| 9150 | abort (); |
| 9151 | } |
| 9152 | } |
| 9153 | } |
| 9154 | |
| 9155 | |
| 9156 | /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window |
| 9157 | relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix |
| 9158 | positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow |
| 9159 | cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which |
| 9160 | correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */ |
| 9161 | |
| 9162 | void |
| 9163 | x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y) |
| 9164 | struct window *w; |
| 9165 | int on, hpos, vpos, x, y; |
| 9166 | { |
| 9167 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9168 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y); |
| 9169 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9170 | } |
| 9171 | |
| 9172 | |
| 9173 | /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P. |
| 9174 | Don't change the cursor's position. */ |
| 9175 | |
| 9176 | void |
| 9177 | x_update_cursor (f, on_p) |
| 9178 | struct frame *f; |
| 9179 | int on_p; |
| 9180 | { |
| 9181 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p); |
| 9182 | } |
| 9183 | |
| 9184 | |
| 9185 | /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows |
| 9186 | in the window tree rooted at W. */ |
| 9187 | |
| 9188 | static void |
| 9189 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p) |
| 9190 | struct window *w; |
| 9191 | int on_p; |
| 9192 | { |
| 9193 | while (w) |
| 9194 | { |
| 9195 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 9196 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
| 9197 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
| 9198 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
| 9199 | else |
| 9200 | x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p); |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
| 9203 | } |
| 9204 | } |
| 9205 | |
| 9206 | |
| 9207 | /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value |
| 9208 | of ON. */ |
| 9209 | |
| 9210 | static void |
| 9211 | x_update_window_cursor (w, on) |
| 9212 | struct window *w; |
| 9213 | int on; |
| 9214 | { |
| 9215 | /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process |
| 9216 | of being deleted. */ |
| 9217 | if (w->current_matrix) |
| 9218 | { |
| 9219 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9220 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos, |
| 9221 | w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x, |
| 9222 | w->phys_cursor.y); |
| 9223 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9224 | } |
| 9225 | } |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 | |
| 9228 | |
| 9229 | \f |
| 9230 | /* Icons. */ |
| 9231 | |
| 9232 | int |
| 9233 | x_bitmap_icon (f, icon) |
| 9234 | struct frame *f; |
| 9235 | Lisp_Object icon; |
| 9236 | { |
| 9237 | HANDLE hicon; |
| 9238 | |
| 9239 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 9240 | return 1; |
| 9241 | |
| 9242 | if (NILP (icon)) |
| 9243 | hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); |
| 9244 | else if (STRINGP (icon)) |
| 9245 | hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) XSTRING (icon)->data, IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0, |
| 9246 | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE); |
| 9247 | else if (SYMBOLP (icon)) |
| 9248 | { |
| 9249 | LPCTSTR name; |
| 9250 | |
| 9251 | if (EQ (icon, intern ("application"))) |
| 9252 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION; |
| 9253 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand"))) |
| 9254 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND; |
| 9255 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question"))) |
| 9256 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION; |
| 9257 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation"))) |
| 9258 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION; |
| 9259 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk"))) |
| 9260 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK; |
| 9261 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo"))) |
| 9262 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO; |
| 9263 | else |
| 9264 | return 1; |
| 9265 | |
| 9266 | hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name); |
| 9267 | } |
| 9268 | else |
| 9269 | return 1; |
| 9270 | |
| 9271 | if (hicon == NULL) |
| 9272 | return 1; |
| 9273 | |
| 9274 | PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG, |
| 9275 | (LPARAM) hicon); |
| 9276 | |
| 9277 | return 0; |
| 9278 | } |
| 9279 | |
| 9280 | \f |
| 9281 | /************************************************************************ |
| 9282 | Handling X errors |
| 9283 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 9284 | |
| 9285 | /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here |
| 9286 | helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c. |
| 9287 | |
| 9288 | x_error_catcher (display, error) |
| 9289 | x_catch_errors (dpy) |
| 9290 | x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val) |
| 9291 | x_check_errors (dpy, format) |
| 9292 | x_had_errors_p (dpy) |
| 9293 | x_clear_errors (dpy) |
| 9294 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count) |
| 9295 | x_trace_wire () |
| 9296 | x_connection_signal (signalnum) |
| 9297 | x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message) |
| 9298 | x_error_quitter (display, error) |
| 9299 | x_error_handler (display, error) |
| 9300 | x_io_error_quitter (display) |
| 9301 | |
| 9302 | */ |
| 9303 | |
| 9304 | \f |
| 9305 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
| 9306 | |
| 9307 | /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and |
| 9308 | return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard |
| 9309 | pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. |
| 9310 | The return value shows which font we chose. */ |
| 9311 | |
| 9312 | Lisp_Object |
| 9313 | x_new_font (f, fontname) |
| 9314 | struct frame *f; |
| 9315 | register char *fontname; |
| 9316 | { |
| 9317 | struct font_info *fontp |
| 9318 | = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1); |
| 9319 | |
| 9320 | if (!fontp) |
| 9321 | return Qnil; |
| 9322 | |
| 9323 | FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font); |
| 9324 | FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset; |
| 9325 | FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1; |
| 9326 | |
| 9327 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
| 9328 | if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0) |
| 9329 | { |
| 9330 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 9331 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid; |
| 9332 | } |
| 9333 | else |
| 9334 | { |
| 9335 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 9336 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid; |
| 9337 | } |
| 9338 | |
| 9339 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
| 9340 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
| 9341 | { |
| 9342 | frame_update_line_height (f); |
| 9343 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height); |
| 9344 | } |
| 9345 | else |
| 9346 | /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time, |
| 9347 | there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */ |
| 9348 | f->output_data.w32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 9349 | |
| 9350 | return build_string (fontp->full_name); |
| 9351 | } |
| 9352 | \f |
| 9353 | /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and |
| 9354 | return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard |
| 9355 | pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern. |
| 9356 | The return value shows which fontset we chose. */ |
| 9357 | |
| 9358 | Lisp_Object |
| 9359 | x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname) |
| 9360 | struct frame *f; |
| 9361 | char *fontsetname; |
| 9362 | { |
| 9363 | int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0); |
| 9364 | Lisp_Object result; |
| 9365 | |
| 9366 | if (fontset < 0) |
| 9367 | return Qnil; |
| 9368 | |
| 9369 | if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset) |
| 9370 | /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more |
| 9371 | to do. */ |
| 9372 | return fontset_name (fontset); |
| 9373 | |
| 9374 | result = x_new_font (f, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data)); |
| 9375 | |
| 9376 | if (!STRINGP (result)) |
| 9377 | /* Can't load ASCII font. */ |
| 9378 | return Qnil; |
| 9379 | |
| 9380 | /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */ |
| 9381 | FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset; |
| 9382 | |
| 9383 | return build_string (fontsetname); |
| 9384 | } |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 | \f |
| 9387 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 9388 | TODO: W32 Input Methods |
| 9389 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 9390 | /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step. |
| 9391 | |
| 9392 | xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data) |
| 9393 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 9394 | struct xim_inst_t |
| 9395 | xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data) |
| 9396 | xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 9397 | xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo) |
| 9398 | |
| 9399 | */ |
| 9400 | |
| 9401 | \f |
| 9402 | /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F |
| 9403 | from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ |
| 9404 | |
| 9405 | void |
| 9406 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
| 9407 | struct frame *f; |
| 9408 | { |
| 9409 | POINT pt; |
| 9410 | int flags = f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags; |
| 9411 | |
| 9412 | pt.x = pt.y = 0; |
| 9413 | |
| 9414 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of |
| 9415 | the inner window, with respect to the outer window. |
| 9416 | But do this only if we will need the results. */ |
| 9417 | if (f->output_data.w32->parent_desc != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) |
| 9418 | { |
| 9419 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9420 | MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 9421 | f->output_data.w32->parent_desc, |
| 9422 | &pt, 1); |
| 9423 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9424 | } |
| 9425 | |
| 9426 | { |
| 9427 | RECT rt; |
| 9428 | rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0; |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9431 | AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle, |
| 9432 | FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)); |
| 9433 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9434 | |
| 9435 | pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left); |
| 9436 | pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top); |
| 9437 | } |
| 9438 | |
| 9439 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost |
| 9440 | position that fits on the screen. */ |
| 9441 | if (flags & XNegative) |
| 9442 | f->output_data.w32->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width |
| 9443 | - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.x |
| 9444 | - PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 9445 | + f->output_data.w32->left_pos); |
| 9446 | |
| 9447 | if (flags & YNegative) |
| 9448 | f->output_data.w32->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height |
| 9449 | - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.y |
| 9450 | - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
| 9451 | + f->output_data.w32->top_pos); |
| 9452 | /* The left_pos and top_pos |
| 9453 | are now relative to the top and left screen edges, |
| 9454 | so the flags should correspond. */ |
| 9455 | f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 9456 | } |
| 9457 | |
| 9458 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
| 9459 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from |
| 9460 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current |
| 9461 | position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, |
| 9462 | which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ |
| 9463 | |
| 9464 | void |
| 9465 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
| 9466 | struct frame *f; |
| 9467 | register int xoff, yoff; |
| 9468 | int change_gravity; |
| 9469 | { |
| 9470 | int modified_top, modified_left; |
| 9471 | |
| 9472 | if (change_gravity > 0) |
| 9473 | { |
| 9474 | f->output_data.w32->top_pos = yoff; |
| 9475 | f->output_data.w32->left_pos = xoff; |
| 9476 | f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 9477 | if (xoff < 0) |
| 9478 | f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; |
| 9479 | if (yoff < 0) |
| 9480 | f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; |
| 9481 | f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 9482 | } |
| 9483 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
| 9484 | |
| 9485 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9486 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 9487 | |
| 9488 | modified_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos; |
| 9489 | modified_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos; |
| 9490 | |
| 9491 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 9492 | NULL, |
| 9493 | modified_left, modified_top, |
| 9494 | 0, 0, |
| 9495 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 9496 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9497 | } |
| 9498 | |
| 9499 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
| 9500 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity |
| 9501 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. |
| 9502 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ |
| 9503 | |
| 9504 | void |
| 9505 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
| 9506 | struct frame *f; |
| 9507 | int change_gravity; |
| 9508 | int cols, rows; |
| 9509 | { |
| 9510 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; |
| 9511 | |
| 9512 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9513 | |
| 9514 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
| 9515 | f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra |
| 9516 | = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
| 9517 | ? 0 |
| 9518 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font))); |
| 9519 | f->output_data.w32->flags_areas_extra |
| 9520 | = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 9521 | pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
| 9522 | pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); |
| 9523 | |
| 9524 | f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 9525 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 9526 | |
| 9527 | { |
| 9528 | RECT rect; |
| 9529 | |
| 9530 | rect.left = rect.top = 0; |
| 9531 | rect.right = pixelwidth; |
| 9532 | rect.bottom = pixelheight; |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 | AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle, |
| 9535 | FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)); |
| 9536 | |
| 9537 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 9538 | NULL, |
| 9539 | 0, 0, |
| 9540 | rect.right - rect.left, |
| 9541 | rect.bottom - rect.top, |
| 9542 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 9543 | } |
| 9544 | |
| 9545 | /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, |
| 9546 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size |
| 9547 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the |
| 9548 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
| 9549 | |
| 9550 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, |
| 9551 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that |
| 9552 | might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes |
| 9553 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random |
| 9554 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. |
| 9555 | |
| 9556 | We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of |
| 9557 | a BLOCK_INPUT. */ |
| 9558 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
| 9559 | PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
| 9560 | PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
| 9561 | |
| 9562 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
| 9563 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
| 9564 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
| 9565 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
| 9566 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 9567 | |
| 9568 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
| 9569 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); |
| 9570 | |
| 9571 | /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, |
| 9572 | since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. |
| 9573 | Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, |
| 9574 | so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ |
| 9575 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 9576 | |
| 9577 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9578 | } |
| 9579 | \f |
| 9580 | /* Mouse warping. */ |
| 9581 | |
| 9582 | void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y); |
| 9583 | |
| 9584 | void |
| 9585 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
| 9586 | struct frame *f; |
| 9587 | int x, y; |
| 9588 | { |
| 9589 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 9590 | |
| 9591 | pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) / 2; |
| 9592 | pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.w32->line_height / 2; |
| 9593 | |
| 9594 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; |
| 9595 | if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 9596 | |
| 9597 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; |
| 9598 | if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 9599 | |
| 9600 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 9601 | } |
| 9602 | |
| 9603 | void |
| 9604 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) |
| 9605 | struct frame *f; |
| 9606 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 9607 | { |
| 9608 | RECT rect; |
| 9609 | POINT pt; |
| 9610 | |
| 9611 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9612 | |
| 9613 | GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect); |
| 9614 | pt.x = rect.left + pix_x; |
| 9615 | pt.y = rect.top + pix_y; |
| 9616 | ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt); |
| 9617 | |
| 9618 | SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y); |
| 9619 | |
| 9620 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9621 | } |
| 9622 | |
| 9623 | \f |
| 9624 | /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
| 9625 | |
| 9626 | void |
| 9627 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
| 9628 | struct frame *f; |
| 9629 | { |
| 9630 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 9631 | |
| 9632 | /* Give input focus to frame. */ |
| 9633 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9634 | #if 0 |
| 9635 | /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */ |
| 9636 | if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ())) |
| 9637 | my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9638 | else |
| 9639 | #endif |
| 9640 | my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9641 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9642 | } |
| 9643 | |
| 9644 | void |
| 9645 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
| 9646 | struct frame *f; |
| 9647 | { |
| 9648 | } |
| 9649 | |
| 9650 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
| 9651 | void |
| 9652 | x_raise_frame (f) |
| 9653 | struct frame *f; |
| 9654 | { |
| 9655 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9656 | |
| 9657 | /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z |
| 9658 | order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour |
| 9659 | on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this |
| 9660 | behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is |
| 9661 | click-to-focus. |
| 9662 | |
| 9663 | On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets |
| 9664 | input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be |
| 9665 | completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it |
| 9666 | is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually |
| 9667 | click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move |
| 9668 | point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program |
| 9669 | raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now |
| 9670 | completely obscured) with input focus. |
| 9671 | |
| 9672 | Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user |
| 9673 | to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics |
| 9674 | optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */ |
| 9675 | |
| 9676 | if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise)) |
| 9677 | { |
| 9678 | /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is |
| 9679 | not already the foreground application: the frame is raised |
| 9680 | above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the |
| 9681 | current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this |
| 9682 | more cumbersome method. */ |
| 9683 | |
| 9684 | HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2); |
| 9685 | if (handle) |
| 9686 | { |
| 9687 | DeferWindowPos (handle, |
| 9688 | FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 9689 | HWND_TOP, |
| 9690 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 9691 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 9692 | |
| 9693 | DeferWindowPos (handle, |
| 9694 | GetForegroundWindow (), |
| 9695 | FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 9696 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 9697 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 9698 | |
| 9699 | EndDeferWindowPos (handle); |
| 9700 | } |
| 9701 | } |
| 9702 | else |
| 9703 | { |
| 9704 | my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9705 | } |
| 9706 | |
| 9707 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9708 | } |
| 9709 | |
| 9710 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
| 9711 | void |
| 9712 | x_lower_frame (f) |
| 9713 | struct frame *f; |
| 9714 | { |
| 9715 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9716 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 9717 | HWND_BOTTOM, |
| 9718 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 9719 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 9720 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9721 | } |
| 9722 | |
| 9723 | static void |
| 9724 | w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag) |
| 9725 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 9726 | int raise_flag; |
| 9727 | { |
| 9728 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 9729 | return; |
| 9730 | |
| 9731 | if (raise_flag) |
| 9732 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 9733 | else |
| 9734 | x_lower_frame (f); |
| 9735 | } |
| 9736 | \f |
| 9737 | /* Change of visibility. */ |
| 9738 | |
| 9739 | /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. |
| 9740 | However, if the window manager asks the user where to position |
| 9741 | the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. |
| 9742 | The frame will not actually be visible at that time, |
| 9743 | but it will become visible later when the window manager |
| 9744 | finishes with it. */ |
| 9745 | |
| 9746 | void |
| 9747 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
| 9748 | struct frame *f; |
| 9749 | { |
| 9750 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 9751 | |
| 9752 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9753 | |
| 9754 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 9755 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 9756 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 9757 | |
| 9758 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 9759 | { |
| 9760 | /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't |
| 9761 | call x_set_offset a second time |
| 9762 | if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time |
| 9763 | before the window gets really visible. */ |
| 9764 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 9765 | && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible) |
| 9766 | x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.w32->left_pos, f->output_data.w32->top_pos, 0); |
| 9767 | |
| 9768 | f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1; |
| 9769 | |
| 9770 | // my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); |
| 9771 | my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL); |
| 9772 | } |
| 9773 | |
| 9774 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
| 9775 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked |
| 9776 | so that incoming events are handled. */ |
| 9777 | { |
| 9778 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 9779 | int count; |
| 9780 | |
| 9781 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ |
| 9782 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9783 | |
| 9784 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 9785 | |
| 9786 | /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a |
| 9787 | MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a |
| 9788 | MapNotify at all.. */ |
| 9789 | for (count = input_signal_count + 10; |
| 9790 | input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);) |
| 9791 | { |
| 9792 | /* Force processing of queued events. */ |
| 9793 | /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */ |
| 9794 | |
| 9795 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed |
| 9796 | to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal |
| 9797 | to let the handler know that there's something to be read. |
| 9798 | We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler |
| 9799 | isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */ |
| 9800 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
| 9801 | { |
| 9802 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing |
| 9803 | the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */ |
| 9804 | int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count; |
| 9805 | poll_suppress_count = 1; |
| 9806 | poll_for_input_1 (); |
| 9807 | poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count; |
| 9808 | } |
| 9809 | } |
| 9810 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 9811 | } |
| 9812 | } |
| 9813 | |
| 9814 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ |
| 9815 | |
| 9816 | /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ |
| 9817 | |
| 9818 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
| 9819 | struct frame *f; |
| 9820 | { |
| 9821 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 9822 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f) |
| 9823 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 9824 | |
| 9825 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9826 | |
| 9827 | my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE); |
| 9828 | |
| 9829 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
| 9830 | just by the event that we get from the server. |
| 9831 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting |
| 9832 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, |
| 9833 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ |
| 9834 | f->visible = 0; |
| 9835 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; |
| 9836 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 9837 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 9838 | |
| 9839 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9840 | } |
| 9841 | |
| 9842 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
| 9843 | |
| 9844 | void |
| 9845 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
| 9846 | struct frame *f; |
| 9847 | { |
| 9848 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 9849 | |
| 9850 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 9851 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f) |
| 9852 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 9853 | |
| 9854 | if (f->async_iconified) |
| 9855 | return; |
| 9856 | |
| 9857 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9858 | |
| 9859 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 9860 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 9861 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 9862 | |
| 9863 | /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */ |
| 9864 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0); |
| 9865 | |
| 9866 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9867 | } |
| 9868 | |
| 9869 | \f |
| 9870 | /* Free X resources of frame F. */ |
| 9871 | |
| 9872 | void |
| 9873 | x_free_frame_resources (f) |
| 9874 | struct frame *f; |
| 9875 | { |
| 9876 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9877 | |
| 9878 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9879 | |
| 9880 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)) |
| 9881 | my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9882 | |
| 9883 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
| 9884 | |
| 9885 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel); |
| 9886 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel); |
| 9887 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel); |
| 9888 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel); |
| 9889 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->border_pixel); |
| 9890 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel); |
| 9891 | if (f->output_data.w32->white_relief.allocated_p) |
| 9892 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->white_relief.pixel); |
| 9893 | if (f->output_data.w32->black_relief.allocated_p) |
| 9894 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->black_relief.pixel); |
| 9895 | |
| 9896 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) |
| 9897 | free_frame_faces (f); |
| 9898 | |
| 9899 | xfree (f->output_data.w32); |
| 9900 | f->output_data.w32 = NULL; |
| 9901 | |
| 9902 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 9903 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0; |
| 9904 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame) |
| 9905 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 9906 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame) |
| 9907 | dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 9908 | |
| 9909 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 9910 | { |
| 9911 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 9912 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 9913 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 9914 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 9915 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 9916 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 9917 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 9918 | } |
| 9919 | |
| 9920 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9921 | } |
| 9922 | |
| 9923 | |
| 9924 | /* Destroy the window of frame F. */ |
| 9925 | |
| 9926 | x_destroy_window (f) |
| 9927 | struct frame *f; |
| 9928 | { |
| 9929 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9930 | |
| 9931 | x_free_frame_resources (f); |
| 9932 | |
| 9933 | dpyinfo->reference_count--; |
| 9934 | } |
| 9935 | |
| 9936 | \f |
| 9937 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
| 9938 | |
| 9939 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
| 9940 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags |
| 9941 | that the window now has. |
| 9942 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition |
| 9943 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ |
| 9944 | void |
| 9945 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
| 9946 | struct frame *f; |
| 9947 | long flags; |
| 9948 | int user_position; |
| 9949 | { |
| 9950 | Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 9951 | |
| 9952 | enter_crit (); |
| 9953 | |
| 9954 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font)); |
| 9955 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->line_height); |
| 9956 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width); |
| 9957 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra); |
| 9958 | |
| 9959 | leave_crit (); |
| 9960 | } |
| 9961 | |
| 9962 | /* Window manager things */ |
| 9963 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
| 9964 | struct frame *f; |
| 9965 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
| 9966 | { |
| 9967 | #if 0 |
| 9968 | Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 9969 | |
| 9970 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
| 9971 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; |
| 9972 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; |
| 9973 | |
| 9974 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
| 9975 | #endif |
| 9976 | } |
| 9977 | |
| 9978 | \f |
| 9979 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 9980 | Fonts |
| 9981 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 9982 | |
| 9983 | /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step |
| 9984 | with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions. |
| 9985 | |
| 9986 | x_get_font_info (f, font_idx) |
| 9987 | x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames) |
| 9988 | |
| 9989 | */ |
| 9990 | |
| 9991 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 9992 | |
| 9993 | /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's |
| 9994 | font table. */ |
| 9995 | |
| 9996 | static void |
| 9997 | x_check_font (f, font) |
| 9998 | struct frame *f; |
| 9999 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 10000 | { |
| 10001 | int i; |
| 10002 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 10003 | |
| 10004 | xassert (font != NULL); |
| 10005 | |
| 10006 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 10007 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 10008 | && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font) |
| 10009 | break; |
| 10010 | |
| 10011 | xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts); |
| 10012 | } |
| 10013 | |
| 10014 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ |
| 10015 | |
| 10016 | /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT. |
| 10017 | Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct |
| 10018 | min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that |
| 10019 | "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts |
| 10020 | have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */ |
| 10021 | |
| 10022 | static INLINE void |
| 10023 | x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h) |
| 10024 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 10025 | int *w, *h; |
| 10026 | { |
| 10027 | /* |
| 10028 | * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only |
| 10029 | * average and maximum width, and maximum height. |
| 10030 | */ |
| 10031 | *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 10032 | *w = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 10033 | } |
| 10034 | |
| 10035 | |
| 10036 | /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over |
| 10037 | all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width |
| 10038 | and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to |
| 10039 | the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or |
| 10040 | smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */ |
| 10041 | |
| 10042 | int |
| 10043 | x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f) |
| 10044 | struct frame *f; |
| 10045 | { |
| 10046 | int i; |
| 10047 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 10048 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 10049 | int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width; |
| 10050 | int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height; |
| 10051 | |
| 10052 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000; |
| 10053 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000; |
| 10054 | |
| 10055 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) |
| 10056 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name) |
| 10057 | { |
| 10058 | struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; |
| 10059 | int w, h; |
| 10060 | |
| 10061 | font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font; |
| 10062 | xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0); |
| 10063 | x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h); |
| 10064 | |
| 10065 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h); |
| 10066 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w); |
| 10067 | } |
| 10068 | |
| 10069 | xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0 |
| 10070 | && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0); |
| 10071 | |
| 10072 | return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1 |
| 10073 | || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width |
| 10074 | || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height); |
| 10075 | } |
| 10076 | |
| 10077 | /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step |
| 10078 | with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions. |
| 10079 | |
| 10080 | x_load_font (f, fontname, size) |
| 10081 | x_query_font (f, fontname) |
| 10082 | x_find_ccl_program (fontp) |
| 10083 | |
| 10084 | */ |
| 10085 | \f |
| 10086 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 10087 | Initialization |
| 10088 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 10089 | |
| 10090 | static int w32_initialized = 0; |
| 10091 | |
| 10092 | void |
| 10093 | w32_initialize_display_info (display_name) |
| 10094 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 10095 | { |
| 10096 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 10097 | |
| 10098 | bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo)); |
| 10099 | |
| 10100 | /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */ |
| 10101 | w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil), |
| 10102 | w32_display_name_list); |
| 10103 | dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list); |
| 10104 | |
| 10105 | dpyinfo->w32_id_name |
| 10106 | = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size |
| 10107 | + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size |
| 10108 | + 2); |
| 10109 | sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s", |
| 10110 | XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data); |
| 10111 | |
| 10112 | /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode |
| 10113 | with values obtained from system metrics. */ |
| 10114 | dpyinfo->resx = 1; |
| 10115 | dpyinfo->resy = 1; |
| 10116 | dpyinfo->height_in = 1; |
| 10117 | dpyinfo->width_in = 1; |
| 10118 | dpyinfo->n_planes = 1; |
| 10119 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4; |
| 10120 | dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; |
| 10121 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1; |
| 10122 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1; |
| 10123 | |
| 10124 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 10125 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 10126 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID; |
| 10127 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 10128 | |
| 10129 | /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */ |
| 10130 | |
| 10131 | } |
| 10132 | |
| 10133 | struct w32_display_info * |
| 10134 | w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
| 10135 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 10136 | char *xrm_option; |
| 10137 | char *resource_name; |
| 10138 | { |
| 10139 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 10140 | HDC hdc; |
| 10141 | |
| 10142 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10143 | |
| 10144 | if (!w32_initialized) |
| 10145 | { |
| 10146 | w32_initialize (); |
| 10147 | w32_initialized = 1; |
| 10148 | } |
| 10149 | |
| 10150 | { |
| 10151 | int argc = 0; |
| 10152 | char *argv[3]; |
| 10153 | |
| 10154 | argv[0] = ""; |
| 10155 | argc = 1; |
| 10156 | if (xrm_option) |
| 10157 | { |
| 10158 | argv[argc++] = "-xrm"; |
| 10159 | argv[argc++] = xrm_option; |
| 10160 | } |
| 10161 | } |
| 10162 | |
| 10163 | w32_initialize_display_info (display_name); |
| 10164 | |
| 10165 | dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 10166 | |
| 10167 | hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ()); |
| 10168 | |
| 10169 | dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES); |
| 10170 | dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES); |
| 10171 | dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow (); |
| 10172 | dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES); |
| 10173 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL); |
| 10174 | dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX); |
| 10175 | dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY); |
| 10176 | dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE; |
| 10177 | dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache (); |
| 10178 | dpyinfo->height_in = dpyinfo->height / dpyinfo->resx; |
| 10179 | dpyinfo->width_in = dpyinfo->width / dpyinfo->resy; |
| 10180 | ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc); |
| 10181 | |
| 10182 | /* initialise palette with white and black */ |
| 10183 | { |
| 10184 | COLORREF color; |
| 10185 | w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1); |
| 10186 | w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1); |
| 10187 | } |
| 10188 | |
| 10189 | /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */ |
| 10190 | left_bmp = CreateBitmap (left_width, left_height, 1, 1, left_bits); |
| 10191 | ov_bmp = CreateBitmap (ov_width, ov_height, 1, 1, ov_bits); |
| 10192 | right_bmp = CreateBitmap (right_width, right_height, 1, 1, right_bits); |
| 10193 | continued_bmp = CreateBitmap (continued_width, continued_height, 1, |
| 10194 | 1, continued_bits); |
| 10195 | continuation_bmp = CreateBitmap (continuation_width, continuation_height, |
| 10196 | 1, 1, continuation_bits); |
| 10197 | zv_bmp = CreateBitmap (zv_width, zv_height, 1, 1, zv_bits); |
| 10198 | |
| 10199 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
| 10200 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
| 10201 | #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG |
| 10202 | /* stdin is a socket here */ |
| 10203 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); |
| 10204 | #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 10205 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); |
| 10206 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 10207 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ |
| 10208 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
| 10209 | |
| 10210 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 10211 | if (interrupt_input) |
| 10212 | init_sigio (connection); |
| 10213 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ |
| 10214 | |
| 10215 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10216 | |
| 10217 | return dpyinfo; |
| 10218 | } |
| 10219 | \f |
| 10220 | /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */ |
| 10221 | |
| 10222 | void |
| 10223 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo) |
| 10224 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 10225 | { |
| 10226 | /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list. |
| 10227 | We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */ |
| 10228 | if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list) |
| 10229 | && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 10230 | w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list); |
| 10231 | else |
| 10232 | { |
| 10233 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 10234 | |
| 10235 | tail = w32_display_name_list; |
| 10236 | while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail))) |
| 10237 | { |
| 10238 | if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 10239 | { |
| 10240 | XCDR (tail) = XCDR (XCDR (tail)); |
| 10241 | break; |
| 10242 | } |
| 10243 | tail = XCDR (tail); |
| 10244 | } |
| 10245 | } |
| 10246 | |
| 10247 | /* free palette table */ |
| 10248 | { |
| 10249 | struct w32_palette_entry * plist; |
| 10250 | |
| 10251 | plist = dpyinfo->color_list; |
| 10252 | while (plist) |
| 10253 | { |
| 10254 | struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist; |
| 10255 | plist = plist->next; |
| 10256 | xfree (pentry); |
| 10257 | } |
| 10258 | dpyinfo->color_list = NULL; |
| 10259 | if (dpyinfo->palette) |
| 10260 | DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette); |
| 10261 | } |
| 10262 | xfree (dpyinfo->font_table); |
| 10263 | xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name); |
| 10264 | |
| 10265 | /* Destroy row bitmaps. */ |
| 10266 | DeleteObject (left_bmp); |
| 10267 | DeleteObject (ov_bmp); |
| 10268 | DeleteObject (right_bmp); |
| 10269 | DeleteObject (continued_bmp); |
| 10270 | DeleteObject (continuation_bmp); |
| 10271 | DeleteObject (zv_bmp); |
| 10272 | } |
| 10273 | \f |
| 10274 | /* Set up use of W32. */ |
| 10275 | |
| 10276 | DWORD w32_msg_worker (); |
| 10277 | |
| 10278 | void |
| 10279 | x_flush (struct frame * f) |
| 10280 | { /* Nothing to do */ } |
| 10281 | |
| 10282 | static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface = |
| 10283 | { |
| 10284 | x_produce_glyphs, |
| 10285 | x_write_glyphs, |
| 10286 | x_insert_glyphs, |
| 10287 | x_clear_end_of_line, |
| 10288 | x_scroll_run, |
| 10289 | x_after_update_window_line, |
| 10290 | x_update_window_begin, |
| 10291 | x_update_window_end, |
| 10292 | w32_cursor_to, |
| 10293 | x_flush, |
| 10294 | x_clear_mouse_face, |
| 10295 | x_get_glyph_overhangs, |
| 10296 | x_fix_overlapping_area |
| 10297 | }; |
| 10298 | |
| 10299 | void |
| 10300 | w32_initialize () |
| 10301 | { |
| 10302 | rif = &w32_redisplay_interface; |
| 10303 | |
| 10304 | /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and |
| 10305 | so we must explicitly cast them. */ |
| 10306 | clear_frame_hook = (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame; |
| 10307 | ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines; |
| 10308 | change_line_highlight_hook = x_change_line_highlight; |
| 10309 | delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs; |
| 10310 | ring_bell_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell; |
| 10311 | reset_terminal_modes_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_reset_terminal_modes; |
| 10312 | set_terminal_modes_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_set_terminal_modes; |
| 10313 | update_begin_hook = x_update_begin; |
| 10314 | update_end_hook = x_update_end; |
| 10315 | set_terminal_window_hook = w32_set_terminal_window; |
| 10316 | read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket; |
| 10317 | frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date; |
| 10318 | reassert_line_highlight_hook = w32_reassert_line_highlight; |
| 10319 | mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position; |
| 10320 | frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight; |
| 10321 | frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower; |
| 10322 | set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar; |
| 10323 | condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars; |
| 10324 | redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar; |
| 10325 | judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars; |
| 10326 | estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height; |
| 10327 | |
| 10328 | scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ |
| 10329 | char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */ |
| 10330 | line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ |
| 10331 | fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ |
| 10332 | memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls |
| 10333 | off the bottom */ |
| 10334 | baud_rate = 19200; |
| 10335 | |
| 10336 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 10337 | any_help_event_p = 0; |
| 10338 | |
| 10339 | /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow |
| 10340 | 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */ |
| 10341 | Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil); |
| 10342 | |
| 10343 | /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */ |
| 10344 | |
| 10345 | init_crit (); |
| 10346 | |
| 10347 | dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId (); |
| 10348 | DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (), |
| 10349 | GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS); |
| 10350 | |
| 10351 | /* Wait for thread to start */ |
| 10352 | |
| 10353 | { |
| 10354 | MSG msg; |
| 10355 | |
| 10356 | PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE); |
| 10357 | |
| 10358 | hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0, |
| 10359 | (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker, |
| 10360 | 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId); |
| 10361 | |
| 10362 | GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE); |
| 10363 | } |
| 10364 | |
| 10365 | /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of |
| 10366 | focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the |
| 10367 | following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what |
| 10368 | we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console |
| 10369 | program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so |
| 10370 | instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API |
| 10371 | calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus |
| 10372 | window state. */ |
| 10373 | #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 10374 | AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE); |
| 10375 | #endif |
| 10376 | |
| 10377 | /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */ |
| 10378 | { |
| 10379 | HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll"); |
| 10380 | |
| 10381 | #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn) |
| 10382 | |
| 10383 | /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */ |
| 10384 | LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo); |
| 10385 | LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo); |
| 10386 | |
| 10387 | #undef LOAD_PROC |
| 10388 | |
| 10389 | FreeLibrary (user_lib); |
| 10390 | |
| 10391 | /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels; |
| 10392 | otherwise use the fixed height. */ |
| 10393 | vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 : |
| 10394 | GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB); |
| 10395 | |
| 10396 | /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these |
| 10397 | effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */ |
| 10398 | vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border |
| 10399 | = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL); |
| 10400 | } |
| 10401 | } |
| 10402 | |
| 10403 | void |
| 10404 | syms_of_w32term () |
| 10405 | { |
| 10406 | staticpro (&w32_display_name_list); |
| 10407 | w32_display_name_list = Qnil; |
| 10408 | |
| 10409 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 10410 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 10411 | |
| 10412 | staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms); |
| 10413 | Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms"); |
| 10414 | |
| 10415 | DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons", |
| 10416 | &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons, |
| 10417 | "Number of physical mouse buttons."); |
| 10418 | Vw32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil; |
| 10419 | |
| 10420 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons", |
| 10421 | &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons, |
| 10422 | "Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.\n\ |
| 10423 | When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3."); |
| 10424 | Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil; |
| 10425 | |
| 10426 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise", |
| 10427 | &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise, |
| 10428 | "Raised frame grabs input focus.\n\ |
| 10429 | When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well\n\ |
| 10430 | with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be\n\ |
| 10431 | desirable when using a point-to-focus policy."); |
| 10432 | Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt; |
| 10433 | |
| 10434 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock", |
| 10435 | &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock, |
| 10436 | "Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.\n\ |
| 10437 | When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys."); |
| 10438 | Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil; |
| 10439 | |
| 10440 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr", |
| 10441 | &Vw32_recognize_altgr, |
| 10442 | "Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.\n\ |
| 10443 | When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is\n\ |
| 10444 | interpreted normally."); |
| 10445 | Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt; |
| 10446 | |
| 10447 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output", |
| 10448 | &w32_enable_unicode_output, |
| 10449 | "Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.\n\ |
| 10450 | Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying\n\ |
| 10451 | Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.\n\ |
| 10452 | NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no\n\ |
| 10453 | affect on NT machines."); |
| 10454 | w32_enable_unicode_output = 1; |
| 10455 | |
| 10456 | help_echo = Qnil; |
| 10457 | staticpro (&help_echo); |
| 10458 | help_echo_object = Qnil; |
| 10459 | staticpro (&help_echo_object); |
| 10460 | help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 10461 | staticpro (&help_echo_window); |
| 10462 | previous_help_echo = Qnil; |
| 10463 | staticpro (&previous_help_echo); |
| 10464 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 10465 | |
| 10466 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p, |
| 10467 | "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\ |
| 10468 | For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\ |
| 10469 | wide as that tab on the display."); |
| 10470 | x_stretch_cursor_p = 0; |
| 10471 | |
| 10472 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars, |
| 10473 | "If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars."); |
| 10474 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt; |
| 10475 | |
| 10476 | staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame); |
| 10477 | last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil; |
| 10478 | } |